8576 lines
485 KiB
HTML
8576 lines
485 KiB
HTML
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
|
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
|
|
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
|
|
|
|
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
|
|
<head>
|
|
<meta name="generator"
|
|
content="HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 1st August 2002), see www.w3.org" />
|
|
<meta name="generator" content="SciTE" />
|
|
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" />
|
|
|
|
<title>Scintilla Documentation</title>
|
|
|
|
<style type="text/css">
|
|
<!--
|
|
/*<![CDATA[*/
|
|
CODE { font-weight: bold; font-family: Menlo,Consolas,Bitstream Vera Sans Mono,Courier New,monospace; }
|
|
A:visited { color: blue; }
|
|
A:hover { text-decoration: underline ! important; }
|
|
A.message { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold; font-family: Menlo,Consolas,Bitstream Vera Sans Mono,Courier New,monospace; }
|
|
A.seealso { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold; font-family: Menlo,Consolas,Bitstream Vera Sans Mono,Courier New,monospace; }
|
|
A.toc { text-decoration: none; }
|
|
A.jump { text-decoration: none; }
|
|
LI.message { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold; font-family: Menlo,Consolas,Bitstream Vera Sans Mono,Courier New,monospace; }
|
|
H2 { background: #E0EAFF; }
|
|
|
|
table {
|
|
border: 0px;
|
|
border-collapse: collapse;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
table.categories {
|
|
border: 0px;
|
|
border-collapse: collapse;
|
|
}
|
|
table.categories td {
|
|
padding: 4px 12px;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
table.standard {
|
|
border-collapse: collapse;
|
|
}
|
|
table.standard th {
|
|
background: #404040;
|
|
color: #FFFFFF;
|
|
padding: 1px 5px 1px 5px;
|
|
}
|
|
table.standard tr:nth-child(odd) {background: #D7D7D7}
|
|
table.standard tr:nth-child(even) {background: #F0F0F0}
|
|
table.standard td {
|
|
padding: 1px 5px 1px 5px;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.S0 {
|
|
color: #808080;
|
|
}
|
|
.S2 {
|
|
font-family: Georgia, 'DejaVu Serif';
|
|
color: #007F00;
|
|
font-size: 9pt;
|
|
}
|
|
.S3 {
|
|
font-family: Georgia, 'DejaVu Serif';
|
|
color: #3F703F;
|
|
font-size: 9pt;
|
|
}
|
|
.S4 {
|
|
color: #007F7F;
|
|
}
|
|
.S5 {
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
color: #00007F;
|
|
}
|
|
.S9 {
|
|
color: #7F7F00;
|
|
}
|
|
.S10 {
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
color: #000000;
|
|
}
|
|
.S17 {
|
|
font-family: Georgia, 'DejaVu Serif';
|
|
color: #3060A0;
|
|
font-size: 9pt;
|
|
}
|
|
DIV.highlighted {
|
|
background: #F7FCF7;
|
|
border: 1px solid #C0D7C0;
|
|
margin: 0.3em 3em;
|
|
padding: 0.3em 0.6em;
|
|
font-family: 'Verdana';
|
|
color: #000000;
|
|
font-size: 10pt;
|
|
}
|
|
.provisional {
|
|
background: #FFB000;
|
|
}
|
|
.deprecated {
|
|
text-decoration: line-through red;
|
|
}
|
|
.parameter {
|
|
font-style:italic;
|
|
}
|
|
/*]]>*/
|
|
-->
|
|
</style>
|
|
</head>
|
|
|
|
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000">
|
|
<table bgcolor="#000000" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0"
|
|
summary="Banner">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><img src="SciTEIco.png" border="3" height="64" width="64" alt="Scintilla icon" /></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><a href="index.html"
|
|
style="color:white;text-decoration:none;font-size:200%">Scintilla</a></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<h1>Scintilla Documentation</h1>
|
|
|
|
<p>Last edited 22 June 2019 NH</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>There is <a class="jump" href="Design.html">an overview of the internal design of
|
|
Scintilla</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="ScintillaUsage.html">Some notes on using Scintilla</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="Steps.html">How to use the Scintilla Edit Control on Windows</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="https://www.scintilla.org/dmapp.zip">A simple sample using Scintilla from
|
|
C++ on Windows</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="https://www.scintilla.org/SciTry.vb">A simple sample using Scintilla from
|
|
Visual Basic</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="https://www.scintilla.org/bait.zip">Bait is a tiny sample using Scintilla
|
|
on GTK</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="Lexer.txt">A detailed description of how to write a lexer, including a
|
|
discussion of folding</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="http://sphere.sourceforge.net/flik/docs/scintilla-container_lexer.html">
|
|
How to implement a lexer in the container</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="http://sphere.sourceforge.net/flik/docs/scintilla-folding.html">
|
|
How to implement folding</a>.<br />
|
|
<a class="jump" href="https://bitbucket.org/StarFire/scintilla-doc/downloads/Scintilla-var'aq-Tutorial.pdf">
|
|
Beginner's Guide to lexing and folding</a>.<br />
|
|
The <a class="jump" href="SciCoding.html">coding style</a> used in Scintilla and SciTE is
|
|
worth following if you want to contribute code to Scintilla but is not compulsory.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2>Introduction</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>The Windows version of Scintilla is a Windows Control. As such, its primary programming
|
|
interface is through Windows messages. Early versions of Scintilla emulated much of the API
|
|
defined by the standard Windows Edit and RichEdit controls but those APIs are now deprecated in
|
|
favour of Scintilla's own, more consistent API. In addition to messages performing the actions
|
|
of a normal Edit control, Scintilla allows control of syntax styling, folding, markers, autocompletion
|
|
and call tips.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The GTK version also uses messages in a similar way to the Windows version. This is
|
|
different to normal GTK practice but made it easier to implement rapidly.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla also builds with Cocoa on OS X and with Qt, and follows the conventions of
|
|
those platforms.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla provides only limited experimental support on Windows for right-to-left languages
|
|
like Arabic and Hebrew.
|
|
While text in these languages may appear correct, interaction with this text may not work
|
|
correctly as occurs with other editors.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>This documentation describes the individual messages and notifications used by Scintilla. It
|
|
does not describe how to link them together to form a useful editor. For now, the best way to
|
|
work out how to develop using Scintilla is to see how SciTE uses it. SciTE exercises most of
|
|
Scintilla's facilities.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>In the descriptions that follow, the messages are described as function calls with zero, one
|
|
or two arguments. These two arguments are the standard <code>wParam</code> and
|
|
<code>lParam</code> familiar to Windows programmers. These parameters are integers that
|
|
are large enough to hold pointers, and the return value is also an integer large enough to contain a
|
|
pointer.
|
|
Although the commands only use the
|
|
arguments described, because all messages have two arguments whether Scintilla uses them or
|
|
not, it is strongly recommended that any unused arguments are set to 0. This allows future
|
|
enhancement of messages without the risk of breaking existing code. Common argument types
|
|
are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Common argument types">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>bool</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Arguments expect the values 0 for <code>false</code> and 1 for
|
|
<code>true</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>int</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Arguments are 32-bit or 64-bit signed integers depending on the platform.
|
|
Equivalent to <code>intptr_t</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>position</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Positions and lengths in document.
|
|
Equivalent to <code>intptr_t</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>line</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>A line number in the document.
|
|
Equivalent to <code>intptr_t</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>const char *</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Arguments point at text that is being passed to Scintilla but not modified. The text
|
|
may be zero terminated or another argument may specify the character count, the
|
|
description will make this clear.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>char *</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Arguments point at text buffers that Scintilla will fill with text. In some cases,
|
|
another argument will tell Scintilla the buffer size. In others, you must make sure that
|
|
the buffer is big enough to hold the requested text. If a NULL pointer (0) is passed
|
|
then, for SCI_* calls, the length that should be allocated, not including any terminating
|
|
NUL, is returned. Some calls (marked "NUL-terminated") add a NUL character to the result but other calls do
|
|
not: to generically handle both types, allocate one more byte than indicated and set it to NUL.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>pointer</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>A memory address.
|
|
In some cases this is a pointer to a sequence of char inside Scintilla that will only be available for a limited period.
|
|
Equivalent to void *.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left" id="colour"><code>colour</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Colours are set using the RGB format (Red, Green, Blue). The intensity of each colour
|
|
is set in the range 0 to 255. If you have three such intensities, they are combined as:
|
|
red | (green << 8) | (blue << 16). If you set all intensities to 255, the
|
|
colour is white. If you set all intensities to 0, the colour is black. When you set a
|
|
colour, you are making a request. What you will get depends on the capabilities of the
|
|
system and the current screen mode.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left" id="alpha"><code>alpha</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>Translucency is set using an alpha value.
|
|
Alpha ranges from 0 (SC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT) which is completely transparent to
|
|
255 (SC_ALPHA_OPAQUE) which is opaque. The value 256 (SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)
|
|
is opaque and uses code that is not alpha-aware and may be faster. Not all platforms support
|
|
translucency and only some Scintilla features implement translucency.
|
|
The default alpha value for most features is SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code><unused></code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is an unused argument. Setting it to 0 will ensure compatibility with future
|
|
enhancements.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="MessageCategories">Contents</h2>
|
|
|
|
<table class="categories" summary="Message categories">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#TextRetrievalAndModification">Text retrieval and
|
|
modification</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Searching">Searching and replacing</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Overtype">Overtype</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#CutCopyAndPaste">Cut, copy and paste</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#ErrorHandling">Error handling</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#UndoAndRedo">Undo and Redo</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#SelectionAndInformation">Selection and information</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#ByCharacterOrCodeUnit">By character or UTF-16 code unit</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#MultipleSelectionAndVirtualSpace">Multiple Selection and Virtual Space</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#ScrollingAndAutomaticScrolling">Scrolling and automatic scrolling</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#WhiteSpace">White space</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Cursor">Cursor</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#MouseCapture">Mouse capture</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#LineEndings">Line endings</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Words">Words</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Styling">Styling</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#StyleDefinition">Style definition</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#CaretAndSelectionStyles">Caret, selection, and hotspot styles</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#CharacterRepresentations">Character representations</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Margins">Margins</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Annotations">Annotations</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#OtherSettings">Other settings</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#BraceHighlighting">Brace highlighting</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#TabsAndIndentationGuides">Tabs and Indentation
|
|
Guides</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Markers">Markers</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Indicators">Indicators</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Autocompletion">Autocompletion</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#UserLists">User lists</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#CallTips">Call tips</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#KeyboardCommands">Keyboard commands</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#KeyBindings">Key bindings</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#PopupEditMenu">Popup edit menu</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#MacroRecording">Macro recording</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Printing">Printing</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#DirectAccess">Direct access</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#MultipleViews">Multiple views</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#BackgroundLoadSave">Background loading and saving</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Folding">Folding</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#LineWrapping">Line wrapping</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Zooming">Zooming</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#LongLines">Long lines</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Accessibility">Accessibility</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Lexer">Lexer</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#LexerObjects">Lexer objects</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Notifications">Notifications</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#Images">Images</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#GTK">GTK</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#ProvisionalMessages"><span class="provisional">Provisional messages</span></a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#DeprecatedMessages">Deprecated messages</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#EditMessagesNeverSupportedByScintilla">Edit messages never
|
|
supported by Scintilla</a></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#RemovedFeatures">Removed features</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>○ <a class="toc" href="#BuildingScintilla">Building Scintilla</a></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>Messages with names of the form <code>SCI_SETxxxxx</code> often have a companion
|
|
<code>SCI_GETxxxxx</code>. To save tedious repetition, if the <code>SCI_GETxxxxx</code> message
|
|
returns the value set by the <code>SCI_SETxxxxx</code> message, the <code>SET</code> routine is
|
|
described and the <code>GET</code> routine is left to your imagination.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="TextRetrievalAndModification">Text retrieval and modification</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Each byte in a Scintilla document is associated with a byte of styling
|
|
information. The combination of a character byte and a style byte is called a cell. Style bytes
|
|
are interpreted an index into an array of styles.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>In this document, 'character' normally refers to a byte even when multi-byte characters are used.
|
|
Lengths measure the numbers of bytes, not the amount of characters in those bytes.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Positions within the Scintilla document refer to a character or the gap before that
|
|
character. The first character in a document is 0, the second 1 and so on. If a document
|
|
contains <code>nLen</code> characters, the last character is numbered <code>nLen</code>-1.
|
|
The caret exists between character positions and can be located from before the first character (0)
|
|
to after the last character (<code>nLen</code>).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>There are places where the caret can not go where two character bytes make up one character.
|
|
This occurs when a DBCS character from a language like Japanese is included in the document or
|
|
when line ends are marked with the CP/M standard of a carriage return followed by a line feed.
|
|
The <code>INVALID_POSITION</code> constant (-1) represents an invalid position within the
|
|
document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>All lines of text in Scintilla are the same height, and this height is calculated from the
|
|
largest font in any current style. This restriction is for performance; if lines differed in
|
|
height then calculations involving positioning of text would require the text to be styled
|
|
first.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT(position length, char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTEXT">SCI_SETTEXT(<unused>, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSAVEPOINT">SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE(line line, char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REPLACESEL">SCI_REPLACESEL(<unused>, const char
|
|
*text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETREADONLY">SCI_SETREADONLY(bool readOnly)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETREADONLY">SCI_GETREADONLY → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE(<unused>, Sci_TextRange *tr) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ALLOCATE">SCI_ALLOCATE(position bytes)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDTEXT">SCI_ADDTEXT(position length, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT(position length, cell *c)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_APPENDTEXT">SCI_APPENDTEXT(position length, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INSERTTEXT">SCI_INSERTTEXT(position pos, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CHANGEINSERTION">SCI_CHANGEINSERTION(position length, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARALL">SCI_CLEARALL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DELETERANGE">SCI_DELETERANGE(position start, position lengthDelete)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE">SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCHARAT">SCI_GETCHARAT(position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEAT">SCI_GETSTYLEAT(position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT(<unused>, Sci_TextRange *tr) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RELEASEALLEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_RELEASEALLEXTENDEDSTYLES</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES(int numberStyles) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TARGETASUTF8">SCI_TARGETASUTF8(<unused>, char *s) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8">SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8(const char *utf8, char *encoded) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE">SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE(position bytes)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT(position length, char *text NUL-terminated) → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns at most <code class="parameter">length</code>-1 characters of text from the start of the document plus one
|
|
terminating 0 character. When <code class="parameter">length</code>-1 is beyond document length, it returns document length.
|
|
To collect all the text in a document, use <code>SCI_GETLENGTH</code>
|
|
to get the number of characters in the document (<code>nLen</code>), allocate a character
|
|
buffer of length <code>nLen+1</code> bytes, then call <code>SCI_GETTEXT(nLen+1, char
|
|
*text)</code>. If the text argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated to store the
|
|
entire document is returned.
|
|
If you then save the text, you should use <code>SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</code> to mark
|
|
the text as unmodified.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso "href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTEXT">SCI_SETTEXT(<unused>, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
This replaces all the text in the document with the zero terminated text string you pass
|
|
in.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSAVEPOINT">SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</b><br />
|
|
This message tells Scintilla that the current state of the document is unmodified. This is
|
|
usually done when the file is saved or loaded, hence the name "save point". As Scintilla
|
|
performs undo and redo operations, it notifies the container that it has entered or left the
|
|
save point with <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED">SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED</a></code> and <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT">SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT</a></code> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification messages</a>, allowing the container to know if the file
|
|
should be considered dirty or not.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="message" href="#SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER">SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER</a>, <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_GETMODIFY">SCI_GETMODIFY</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE(line line, char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
This fills the buffer defined by text with the contents of the nominated line (lines start at
|
|
0). The buffer is not terminated by a 0 character. It is up to you to make sure that the buffer
|
|
is long enough for the text, use <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_LINELENGTH"><code>SCI_LINELENGTH(line line)</code></a>. The returned value is the
|
|
number of characters copied to the buffer. The returned text includes any end of line
|
|
characters. If you ask for a line number outside the range of lines in the document, 0
|
|
characters are copied. If the text argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated
|
|
to store the entire line is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_REPLACESEL">SCI_REPLACESEL(<unused>, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
The currently selected text between the <a class="jump" href="#SelectionAndInformation">anchor
|
|
and the current position</a> is replaced by the 0 terminated text string. If the anchor and
|
|
current position are the same, the text is inserted at the caret position. The caret is
|
|
positioned after the inserted text and the caret is scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETREADONLY">SCI_SETREADONLY(bool readOnly)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETREADONLY">SCI_GETREADONLY → bool</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the read-only flag for the document. If you mark a document as read
|
|
only, attempts to modify the text cause the <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO"><code>SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO</code></a> notification.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE(<unused>, <a class="jump" href="#Sci_TextRange">Sci_TextRange</a> *tr) → position</b><br />
|
|
This collects the text between the positions <code>cpMin</code> and <code>cpMax</code> and
|
|
copies it to <code>lpstrText</code> (see <code>struct Sci_TextRange</code> in
|
|
<code>Scintilla.h</code>). If <code>cpMax</code> is -1, text is returned to the end of the
|
|
document. The text is 0 terminated, so you must supply a buffer that is at least 1 character
|
|
longer than the number of characters you wish to read. The return value is the length of the
|
|
returned text not including the terminating 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT(<unused>, <a class="jump" href="#Sci_TextRange">Sci_TextRange</a> *tr) → position</b><br />
|
|
This collects styled text into a buffer using two bytes for each cell, with the character at
|
|
the lower address of each pair and the style byte at the upper address. Characters between the
|
|
positions <code>cpMin</code> and <code>cpMax</code> are copied to <code>lpstrText</code> (see
|
|
<code>struct Sci_TextRange</code> in <code>Scintilla.h</code>). Two 0 bytes are added to the end of
|
|
the text, so the buffer that <code>lpstrText</code> points at must be at least
|
|
<code>2*(cpMax-cpMin)+2</code> bytes long. No check is made for sensible values of
|
|
<code>cpMin</code> or <code>cpMax</code>. Positions outside the document return character codes
|
|
and style bytes of 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ALLOCATE">SCI_ALLOCATE(position bytes)</b><br />
|
|
Allocate a document buffer large enough to store a given number of bytes.
|
|
The document will not be made smaller than its current contents.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ADDTEXT">SCI_ADDTEXT(position length, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
This inserts the first <code class="parameter">length</code> characters from the string
|
|
<code class="parameter">text</code>
|
|
at the current position. This will include any 0's in the string that you might have expected
|
|
to stop the insert operation. The current position is set at the end of the inserted text,
|
|
but it is not scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT(position length, cell *c)</b><br />
|
|
This behaves just like <code>SCI_ADDTEXT</code>, but inserts styled text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_APPENDTEXT">SCI_APPENDTEXT(position length, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
This adds the first <code class="parameter">length</code> characters from the string
|
|
<code class="parameter">text</code> to the end
|
|
of the document. This will include any 0's in the string that you might have expected to stop
|
|
the operation. The current selection is not changed and the new text is not scrolled into
|
|
view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INSERTTEXT">SCI_INSERTTEXT(position pos, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
This inserts the zero terminated <code class="parameter">text</code> string at position <code class="parameter">pos</code> or at
|
|
the current position if <code class="parameter">pos</code> is -1. If the current position is after the insertion point
|
|
then it is moved along with its surrounding text but no scrolling is performed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CHANGEINSERTION">SCI_CHANGEINSERTION(position length, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
This may only be called from a <a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_INSERTCHECK">SC_MOD_INSERTCHECK</a>
|
|
notification handler and will change the text being inserted to that provided.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CLEARALL">SCI_CLEARALL</b><br />
|
|
Unless the document is read-only, this deletes all the text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_DELETERANGE">SCI_DELETERANGE(position start, position lengthDelete)</b><br />
|
|
Deletes a range of text in the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE">SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE</b><br />
|
|
When wanting to completely restyle the document, for example after choosing a lexer, the
|
|
<code>SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE</code> can be used to clear all styling information and reset the
|
|
folding state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETCHARAT">SCI_GETCHARAT(position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns the character at <code class="parameter">pos</code> in the document or 0 if <code class="parameter">pos</code> is
|
|
negative or past the end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSTYLEAT">SCI_GETSTYLEAT(position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns the style at <code class="parameter">pos</code> in the document, or 0 if <code class="parameter">pos</code> is
|
|
negative or past the end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_RELEASEALLEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_RELEASEALLEXTENDEDSTYLES</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES(int numberStyles) → int</b><br />
|
|
Extended styles are used for features like textual margins and annotations as well as internally by Scintilla.
|
|
They are outside the range 0..255 used for the styles bytes associated with document bytes.
|
|
These functions manage the use of extended styles to ensures that components cooperate in defining styles.
|
|
<code>SCI_RELEASEALLEXTENDEDSTYLES</code> releases any extended styles allocated by the container.
|
|
<code>SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES</code> allocates a range of style numbers after the byte style values and returns
|
|
the number of the first allocated style.
|
|
Ranges for margin and annotation styles should be allocated before calling
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET</a> or
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="Sci_TextRange">Sci_TextRange</b> and <b id="Sci_CharacterRange">Sci_CharacterRange</b><br />
|
|
These structures are defined to be exactly the same shape as the Win32 <code>TEXTRANGE</code>
|
|
and <code>CHARRANGE</code>, so that older code that treats Scintilla as a RichEdit will
|
|
work.</p>
|
|
<p>In a future release the type <code>Sci_PositionCR</code> will be redefined to be 64-bits when Scintilla is
|
|
built for 64-bits on all platforms.</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
typedef long Sci_PositionCR;
|
|
|
|
struct Sci_CharacterRange {
|
|
Sci_PositionCR cpMin;
|
|
Sci_PositionCR cpMax;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct Sci_TextRange {
|
|
struct Sci_CharacterRange chrg;
|
|
char *lpstrText;
|
|
};
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="EncodedAccess">Specific to GTK, Cocoa and Windows only: Access to encoded text</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TARGETASUTF8">SCI_TARGETASUTF8(<unused>, char *s) → position</b><br />
|
|
This method retrieves the value of the target encoded as UTF-8 which is the default
|
|
encoding of GTK so is useful for retrieving text for use in other parts of the user interface,
|
|
such as find and replace dialogs. The length of the encoded text in bytes is returned.
|
|
Cocoa uses UTF-16 which is easily converted from UTF-8 so this method can be used to perform the
|
|
more complex work of transcoding from the various encodings supported.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8">SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8(const char *utf8, char *encoded) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE">SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE(position bytes)</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8</code> converts a UTF-8 string into the document's
|
|
encoding which is useful for taking the results of a find dialog, for example, and receiving
|
|
a string of bytes that can be searched for in the document. Since the text can contain nul bytes,
|
|
the <code>SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE</code> method can be used to set the
|
|
length that will be converted. If set to -1, the length is determined by finding a nul byte.
|
|
The length of the converted string is returned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Searching">Searching</h2>
|
|
<p>
|
|
There are methods to search for text and for regular expressions.
|
|
Most applications should use
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SEARCHINTARGET">SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</a>
|
|
as the basis for their search implementations.
|
|
Other calls augment this or were implemented before <code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The base regular expression support
|
|
is limited and should only be used for simple cases and initial development.
|
|
The C++ runtime <regex> library may be used by setting the <code>SCFIND_CXX11REGEX</code> search flag.
|
|
The C++11 <regex> support may be disabled by
|
|
compiling Scintilla with <code>NO_CXX11_REGEX</code> defined.
|
|
A different regular expression
|
|
library can be <a class="jump" href="#AlternativeRegEx">integrated into Scintilla</a>
|
|
or can be called from the container using direct access to the buffer contents through
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER">SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER</a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="SearchAndReplaceUsingTheTarget">Search and replace using the target</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>Searching can be performed within the target range with <code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code>,
|
|
which uses a counted string to allow searching for null characters. It returns the
|
|
position of the start of the matching text range or -1 for failure, in which case the target is not moved. The flags used by
|
|
<code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code> such as <code>SCFIND_MATCHCASE</code>,
|
|
<code>SCFIND_WHOLEWORD</code>, <code>SCFIND_WORDSTART</code>, and <code>SCFIND_REGEXP</code>
|
|
can be set with <code>SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS</code>.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTARGETSTART">SCI_SETTARGETSTART(position start)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTARGETSTART">SCI_GETTARGETSTART → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTARGETEND">SCI_SETTARGETEND(position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTARGETEND">SCI_GETTARGETEND → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTARGETRANGE">SCI_SETTARGETRANGE(position start, position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION">SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TARGETWHOLEDOCUMENT">SCI_TARGETWHOLEDOCUMENT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS">SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS(int searchFlags)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS">SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SEARCHINTARGET">SCI_SEARCHINTARGET(position length, const char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTARGETTEXT">SCI_GETTARGETTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REPLACETARGET">SCI_REPLACETARGET(position length, const char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REPLACETARGETRE">SCI_REPLACETARGETRE(position length, const char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTAG">SCI_GETTAG(int tagNumber, char *tagValue) → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTARGETSTART">SCI_SETTARGETSTART(position start)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTARGETSTART">SCI_GETTARGETSTART → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETTARGETEND">SCI_SETTARGETEND(position end)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTARGETEND">SCI_GETTARGETEND → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETTARGETRANGE">SCI_SETTARGETRANGE(position start, position end)</b><br />
|
|
These functions set and return the start and end of the target. When searching
|
|
you can set start greater than end to find the last matching text in the
|
|
target rather than the first matching text. The target is also set by a successful
|
|
<code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION">SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION</b><br />
|
|
Set the target start and end to the start and end positions of the selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TARGETWHOLEDOCUMENT">SCI_TARGETWHOLEDOCUMENT</b><br />
|
|
Set the target start to the start of the document and target end to the end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS">SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS(int searchFlags)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS">SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS → int</b><br />
|
|
These get and set the <a class="jump" href="#searchFlags"><code class="parameter">searchFlags</code></a> used by
|
|
<code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code>. There are several option flags including a simple regular
|
|
expression search.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SEARCHINTARGET">SCI_SEARCHINTARGET(position length, const char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
This searches for the first occurrence of a text string in the target defined by
|
|
<code>SCI_SETTARGETSTART</code> and <code>SCI_SETTARGETEND</code>. The text string is not zero
|
|
terminated; the size is set by <code class="parameter">length</code>. The search is modified by the search flags
|
|
set by <code>SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS</code>. If the search succeeds, the target is set to the found
|
|
text and the return value is the position of the start of the matching text. If the search
|
|
fails, the result is -1.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETTARGETTEXT">SCI_GETTARGETTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the value in the target.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_REPLACETARGET">SCI_REPLACETARGET(position length, const char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
If <code class="parameter">length</code> is -1, <code class="parameter">text</code> is a zero terminated string, otherwise
|
|
<code class="parameter">length</code> sets the number of character to replace the target with.
|
|
After replacement, the target range refers to the replacement text.
|
|
The return value
|
|
is the length of the replacement string.<br />
|
|
Note that the recommended way to delete text in the document is to set the target to the text to be removed,
|
|
and to perform a replace target with an empty string.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_REPLACETARGETRE">SCI_REPLACETARGETRE(position length, const char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
This replaces the target using regular expressions. If <code class="parameter">length</code> is -1,
|
|
<code class="parameter">text</code> is a zero terminated string, otherwise <code class="parameter">length</code> is the number of
|
|
characters to use. The replacement string is formed from the text string with any sequences of
|
|
<code>\1</code> through <code>\9</code> replaced by tagged matches from the most recent regular
|
|
expression search. <code>\0</code> is replaced with all the matched text from the most recent search.
|
|
After replacement, the target range refers to the replacement text.
|
|
The return value is the length of the replacement string.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETTAG">SCI_GETTAG(int tagNumber, char *tagValue NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
Discover what text was matched by tagged expressions in a regular expression search.
|
|
This is useful if the application wants to interpret the replacement string itself.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDTEXT"><code>SCI_FINDTEXT</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="searchFlags"><code class="parameter">searchFlags</code></b><br />
|
|
Several of the search routines use flag options, which include a simple regular expression
|
|
search. Combine the flag options by adding them:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Search flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_NONE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Default setting is case-insensitive literal match.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_MATCHCASE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A match only occurs with text that matches the case of the search string.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_WHOLEWORD</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A match only occurs if the characters before and after are not word characters as defined
|
|
by <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWORDCHARS"><code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code></a>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_WORDSTART</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A match only occurs if the character before is not a word character as defined
|
|
by <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWORDCHARS"><code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code></a>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_REGEXP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The search string should be interpreted as a regular expression.
|
|
Uses Scintilla's base implementation unless combined with <code>SCFIND_CXX11REGEX</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_POSIX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Treat regular expression in a more POSIX compatible manner
|
|
by interpreting bare ( and ) for tagged sections rather than \( and \).
|
|
Has no effect when <code>SCFIND_CXX11REGEX</code> is set.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCFIND_CXX11REGEX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This flag may be set to use C++11 <regex> instead of Scintilla's basic regular expressions.
|
|
If the regular expression is invalid then -1 is returned and status is set to
|
|
<code>SC_STATUS_WARN_REGEX</code>.
|
|
The ECMAScript flag is set on the regex object and UTF-8 documents will exhibit Unicode-compliant
|
|
behaviour. For MSVC, where wchar_t is 16-bits, the reular expression ".." will match a single
|
|
astral-plane character. There may be other differences between compilers.
|
|
Must also have <code>SCFIND_REGEXP</code> set.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>In a regular expression, using Scintilla's base implementation,
|
|
special characters interpreted are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Regular expression synopsis">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>.</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Matches any character</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\(</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This marks the start of a region for tagging a match.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\)</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This marks the end of a tagged region.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\n</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Where <code>n</code> is 1 through 9 refers to the first through ninth tagged region
|
|
when replacing. For example, if the search string was <code>Fred\([1-9]\)XXX</code> and
|
|
the replace string was <code>Sam\1YYY</code>, when applied to <code>Fred2XXX</code> this
|
|
would generate <code>Sam2YYY</code>.
|
|
<code>\0</code> refers to all of the matching text.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\<</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches the start of a word using Scintilla's definitions of words.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\></code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches the end of a word using Scintilla's definition of words.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>\x</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This allows you to use a character x that would otherwise have a special meaning. For
|
|
example, \[ would be interpreted as [ and not as the start of a character set.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>[...]</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This indicates a set of characters, for example, [abc] means any of the characters a,
|
|
b or c. You can also use ranges, for example [a-z] for any lower case character.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>[^...]</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The complement of the characters in the set. For example, [^A-Za-z] means any
|
|
character except an alphabetic character.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>^</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches the start of a line (unless used inside a set, see above).</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>$</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches the end of a line.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>*</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches 0 or more times. For example, <code>Sa*m</code> matches <code>Sm</code>,
|
|
<code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code> and so on.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>+</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This matches 1 or more times. For example, <code>Sa+m</code> matches
|
|
<code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code> and so on.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>Regular expressions will only match ranges within a single line, never matching over multiple lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When using <code>SCFIND_CXX11REGEX</code> more features are available,
|
|
generally similar to regular expression support in JavaScript.
|
|
See the documentation of your C++ runtime for details on what is supported.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDTEXT">SCI_FINDTEXT(int searchFlags, Sci_TextToFind *ft) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SEARCHANCHOR">SCI_SEARCHANCHOR</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SEARCHNEXT">SCI_SEARCHNEXT(int searchFlags, const char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SEARCHPREV">SCI_SEARCHPREV(int searchFlags, const char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FINDTEXT">SCI_FINDTEXT(int searchFlags, <a class="jump" href="#Sci_TextToFind">Sci_TextToFind</a> *ft) → position</b><br />
|
|
This message searches for text in the document. It does not use or move the current selection.
|
|
The <a class="jump" href="#searchFlags"><code class="parameter">searchFlags</code></a> argument controls the
|
|
search type, which includes regular expression searches.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>You can
|
|
search backwards to find the previous occurrence of a search string by setting the end of the
|
|
search range before the start.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>Sci_TextToFind</code> structure is defined in <code>Scintilla.h</code>; set
|
|
<code>chrg.cpMin</code> and <code>chrg.cpMax</code> with the range of positions in the document
|
|
to search. You can search backwards by
|
|
setting <code>chrg.cpMax</code> less than <code>chrg.cpMin</code>.
|
|
Set the <code>lpstrText</code> member of <code>Sci_TextToFind</code> to point at a zero terminated
|
|
text string holding the search pattern. If your language makes the use of <code>Sci_TextToFind</code>
|
|
difficult, you should consider using <code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code> instead.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The return value is -1 if the search fails or the position of the start of the found text if
|
|
it succeeds. The <code>chrgText.cpMin</code> and <code>chrgText.cpMax</code> members of
|
|
<code>Sci_TextToFind</code> are filled in with the start and end positions of the found text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SEARCHINTARGET">SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="Sci_TextToFind">Sci_TextToFind</b><br />
|
|
This structure is defined to have exactly the same shape as the Win32 structure
|
|
<code>FINDTEXTEX</code> for old code that treated Scintilla as a RichEdit control.</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
struct Sci_TextToFind {
|
|
struct <a class="jump" href="#Sci_CharacterRange">Sci_CharacterRange</a> chrg; // range to search
|
|
const char *lpstrText; // the search pattern (zero terminated)
|
|
struct Sci_CharacterRange chrgText; // returned as position of matching text
|
|
};
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SEARCHANCHOR">SCI_SEARCHANCHOR</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SEARCHNEXT">SCI_SEARCHNEXT(int searchFlags, const char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SEARCHPREV">SCI_SEARCHPREV(int searchFlags, const char *text) → position</b><br />
|
|
These messages provide relocatable search support. This allows multiple incremental
|
|
interactive searches to be macro recorded while still setting the selection to found text so
|
|
the find/select operation is self-contained. These three messages send <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MACRORECORD"><code>SCN_MACRORECORD</code></a> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notifications</a> if macro recording is enabled.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_SEARCHANCHOR</code> sets the search start point used by
|
|
<code>SCI_SEARCHNEXT</code> and <code>SCI_SEARCHPREV</code> to the start of the current
|
|
selection, that is, the end of the selection that is nearer to the start of the document. You
|
|
should always call this before calling either of <code>SCI_SEARCHNEXT</code> or
|
|
<code>SCI_SEARCHPREV</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_SEARCHNEXT</code> and <code>SCI_SEARCHPREV</code> search for the next and previous
|
|
occurrence of the zero terminated search string pointed at by text. The search is modified by
|
|
the <a class="jump" href="#searchFlags"><code class="parameter">searchFlags</code></a>. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The return value is -1 if nothing is found, otherwise the return value is the start position
|
|
of the matching text. The selection is updated to show the matched text, but is not scrolled
|
|
into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SEARCHINTARGET"><code>SCI_SEARCHINTARGET</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDTEXT"><code>SCI_FINDTEXT</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Overtype">Overtype</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETOVERTYPE">SCI_SETOVERTYPE(bool overType)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETOVERTYPE">SCI_GETOVERTYPE → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETOVERTYPE">SCI_SETOVERTYPE(bool overType)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETOVERTYPE">SCI_GETOVERTYPE → bool</b><br />
|
|
When overtype is enabled, each typed character replaces the character to the right of the text
|
|
caret. When overtype is disabled, characters are inserted at the caret.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETOVERTYPE</code> returns <code>true</code> (1) if overtyping is active, otherwise
|
|
<code>false</code> (0) will be returned. Use <code>SCI_SETOVERTYPE</code> to set the overtype
|
|
mode.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="CutCopyAndPaste">Cut, copy and paste</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_CUT">SCI_CUT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COPY">SCI_COPY</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_PASTE">SCI_PASTE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEAR">SCI_CLEAR</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CANPASTE">SCI_CANPASTE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COPYRANGE">SCI_COPYRANGE(position start, position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COPYTEXT">SCI_COPYTEXT(position length, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COPYALLOWLINE">SCI_COPYALLOWLINE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS">SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS(bool convert)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS">SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CUT">SCI_CUT</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_COPY">SCI_COPY</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_PASTE">SCI_PASTE</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CLEAR">SCI_CLEAR</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CANPASTE">SCI_CANPASTE → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_COPYALLOWLINE">SCI_COPYALLOWLINE</b><br />
|
|
These commands perform the standard tasks of cutting and copying data to the clipboard,
|
|
pasting from the clipboard into the document, and clearing the document.
|
|
<code>SCI_CANPASTE</code> returns non-zero if the document isn't read-only and if the selection
|
|
doesn't contain protected text. If you need a "can copy" or "can cut", use
|
|
<code>SCI_GETSELECTIONEMPTY()</code>, which will be zero if there are any non-empty
|
|
selection ranges implying that a copy or cut to the clipboard should work.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>GTK does not really support <code>SCI_CANPASTE</code> and always returns <code>true</code>
|
|
unless the document is read-only.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>On X, the clipboard is asynchronous and may require several messages between
|
|
the destination and source applications. Data from SCI_PASTE will not arrive in the
|
|
document immediately.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_COPYALLOWLINE</code> works the same as SCI_COPY except that if the
|
|
selection is empty then the current line is copied. On Windows, an extra "MSDEVLineSelect" marker
|
|
is added to the clipboard which is then used in <code>SCI_PASTE</code> to paste
|
|
the whole line before the current line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<b id="SCI_COPYRANGE">SCI_COPYRANGE(position start, position end)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_COPYTEXT">SCI_COPYTEXT(position length, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
<p><code>SCI_COPYRANGE</code> copies a range of text from the document to
|
|
the system clipboard and <code>SCI_COPYTEXT</code> copies a supplied piece of
|
|
text to the system clipboard.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS">SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS(bool convert)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS">SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS → bool</b><br />
|
|
If this property is set then when text is pasted any line ends are converted to match the document's
|
|
end of line mode as set with
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETEOLMODE">SCI_SETEOLMODE</a>.
|
|
Defaults to true.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="ErrorHandling">Error handling</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSTATUS">SCI_SETSTATUS(int status)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTATUS">SCI_GETSTATUS → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSTATUS">SCI_SETSTATUS(int status)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSTATUS">SCI_GETSTATUS → int</b><br />
|
|
If an error occurs, Scintilla may set an internal error number that can be retrieved with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETSTATUS</code>.
|
|
To clear the error status call <code>SCI_SETSTATUS(0)</code>.
|
|
Status values from 1 to 999 are errors and status <code>SC_STATUS_WARN_START</code> (1000)
|
|
and above are warnings.
|
|
The currently defined statuses are:
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Status values">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_STATUS_OK</code></th>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
<td>No failures</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_STATUS_FAILURE</code></th>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
<td>Generic failure</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_STATUS_BADALLOC</code></th>
|
|
<td>2</td>
|
|
<td>Memory is exhausted</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_STATUS_WARN_REGEX</code></th>
|
|
<td>1001</td>
|
|
<td>Regular expression is invalid</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="UndoAndRedo">Undo and Redo</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla has multiple level undo and redo. It will continue to collect undoable actions
|
|
until memory runs out. Scintilla saves actions that change the document. Scintilla does not
|
|
save caret and selection movements, view scrolling and the like. Sequences of typing or
|
|
deleting are compressed into single transactions to make it easier to undo and redo at a sensible
|
|
level of detail. Sequences of actions can be combined into transactions that are undone as a unit.
|
|
These sequences occur between <code>SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION</code> and
|
|
<code>SCI_ENDUNDOACTION</code> messages. These transactions can be nested and only the top-level
|
|
sequences are undone as units.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_UNDO">SCI_UNDO</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CANUNDO">SCI_CANUNDO → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER">SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REDO">SCI_REDO</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CANREDO">SCI_CANREDO → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION">SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION(bool collectUndo)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION">SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION">SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ENDUNDOACTION">SCI_ENDUNDOACTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDUNDOACTION">SCI_ADDUNDOACTION(int token, int flags)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_UNDO">SCI_UNDO</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CANUNDO">SCI_CANUNDO → bool</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_UNDO</code> undoes one action, or if the undo buffer has reached a
|
|
<code>SCI_ENDUNDOACTION</code> point, all the actions back to the corresponding
|
|
<code>SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_CANUNDO</code> returns 0 if there is nothing to undo, and 1 if there is. You would
|
|
typically use the result of this message to enable/disable the Edit menu Undo command.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_REDO">SCI_REDO</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CANREDO">SCI_CANREDO → bool</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_REDO</code> undoes the effect of the last <code>SCI_UNDO</code> operation.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_CANREDO</code> returns 0 if there is no action to redo and 1 if there are undo
|
|
actions to redo. You could typically use the result of this message to enable/disable the Edit
|
|
menu Redo command.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER">SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER</b><br />
|
|
This command tells Scintilla to forget any saved undo or redo history. It also sets the save
|
|
point to the start of the undo buffer, so the document will appear to be unmodified. This does
|
|
not cause the <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED">SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED</a></code> notification to be sent to the
|
|
container.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSAVEPOINT"><code>SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION">SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION(bool collectUndo)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION">SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION → bool</b><br />
|
|
You can control whether Scintilla collects undo information with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION</code>. Pass in <code>true</code> (1) to collect information and
|
|
<code>false</code> (0) to stop collecting. If you stop collection, you should also use
|
|
<code>SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER</code> to avoid the undo buffer being unsynchronized with the data in
|
|
the buffer.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>You might wish to turn off saving undo information if you use the Scintilla to store text
|
|
generated by a program (a Log view) or in a display window where text is often deleted and
|
|
regenerated.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION">SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ENDUNDOACTION">SCI_ENDUNDOACTION</b><br />
|
|
Send these two messages to Scintilla to mark the beginning and end of a set of operations that
|
|
you want to undo all as one operation but that you have to generate as several operations.
|
|
Alternatively, you can use these to mark a set of operations that you do not want to have
|
|
combined with the preceding or following operations if they are undone.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ADDUNDOACTION">SCI_ADDUNDOACTION(int token, int flags)</b><br />
|
|
The container can add its own actions into the undo stack by calling
|
|
<code>SCI_ADDUNDOACTION</code> and an <code>SCN_MODIFIED</code>
|
|
notification will be sent to the container with the
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_CONTAINER"><code>SC_MOD_CONTAINER</code></a>
|
|
flag when it is time to undo (<code>SC_PERFORMED_UNDO</code>) or
|
|
redo (<code>SC_PERFORMED_REDO</code>) the action. The token argument supplied is
|
|
returned in the <code>token</code> field of the notification.</p>
|
|
<p>For example, if the container wanted to allow undo and redo of a 'toggle bookmark' command then
|
|
it could call <code>SCI_ADDUNDOACTION(line, 0)</code> each time the command is performed.
|
|
Then when it receives a notification to undo or redo it toggles a bookmark on the line given by
|
|
the token field. If there are different types of commands or parameters that need to be stored into the undo
|
|
stack then the container should maintain a stack of its own for the document and use the current
|
|
position in that stack as the argument to <code>SCI_ADDUNDOACTION(line)</code>.
|
|
<code>SCI_ADDUNDOACTION</code> commands are not combined together
|
|
into a single undo transaction unless grouped with <code>SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION</code>
|
|
and <code>SCI_ENDUNDOACTION</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The flags argument can be <code>UNDO_MAY_COALESCE</code> (1) if the container action may be
|
|
coalesced along with any insertion and deletion actions into a single compound action, otherwise
|
|
<code>UNDO_NONE</code> (0).
|
|
Coalescing treats coalescible container actions as transparent so will still only group together insertions that
|
|
look like typing or deletions that look like multiple uses of the Backspace or Delete keys.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<h2 id="SelectionAndInformation">Selection and information</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla maintains a selection that stretches between two points, the anchor and the
|
|
current position. If the anchor and the current position are the same, there is no selected
|
|
text. Positions in the document range from 0 (before the first character), to the document size
|
|
(after the last character). If you use messages, there is nothing to stop you setting a
|
|
position that is in the middle of a CRLF pair, or in the middle of a 2 byte character. However,
|
|
keyboard commands will not move the caret into such positions.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH">SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLENGTH">SCI_GETLENGTH → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINECOUNT">SCI_GETLINECOUNT → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINESONSCREEN">SCI_LINESONSCREEN → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMODIFY">SCI_GETMODIFY → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSEL">SCI_SETSEL(position anchor, position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GOTOPOS">SCI_GOTOPOS(position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GOTOLINE">SCI_GOTOLINE(line line)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCURRENTPOS">SCI_SETCURRENTPOS(position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCURRENTPOS">SCI_GETCURRENTPOS → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETANCHOR">SCI_SETANCHOR(position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETANCHOR">SCI_GETANCHOR → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART">SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART(position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART">SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONEND">SCI_SETSELECTIONEND(position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONEND">SCI_GETSELECTIONEND → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEMPTYSELECTION">SCI_SETEMPTYSELECTION(position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SELECTALL">SCI_SELECTALL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION">SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION(position pos) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE">SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION">SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINELENGTH">SCI_LINELENGTH(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCOLUMN">SCI_GETCOLUMN(position pos) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDCOLUMN">SCI_FINDCOLUMN(line line, position column) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT">SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT(int x, int y) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE">SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE(int x, int y) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINT">SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINT(int x, int y) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE">SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE(int x, int y) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION">SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION(<unused>, position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION">SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION(<unused>, position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_HIDESELECTION">SCI_HIDESELECTION(bool hide)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE(position length, char *text) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE">SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE">SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE(int selectionMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE">SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMOVEEXTENDSSELECTION">SCI_GETMOVEEXTENDSSELECTION → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION">SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION">SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW">SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONBEFORE">SCI_POSITIONBEFORE(position pos) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONAFTER">SCI_POSITIONAFTER(position pos) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TEXTWIDTH">SCI_TEXTWIDTH(int style, const char *text) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TEXTHEIGHT">SCI_TEXTHEIGHT(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CHOOSECARETX">SCI_CHOOSECARETX</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP">SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN">SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH">SCI_SETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH(bool mouseSelectionRectangularSwitch)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH">SCI_GETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH">SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLENGTH">SCI_GETLENGTH → position</b><br />
|
|
Both these messages return the length of the document in bytes.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINECOUNT">SCI_GETLINECOUNT → line</b><br />
|
|
This returns the number of lines in the document. An empty document contains 1 line. A
|
|
document holding only an end of line sequence has 2 lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINESONSCREEN">SCI_LINESONSCREEN → line</b><br />
|
|
This returns the number of complete lines visible on the screen. With a constant line height,
|
|
this is the vertical space available divided by the line separation. Unless you arrange to size
|
|
your window to an integral number of lines, there may be a partial line visible at the bottom
|
|
of the view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETMODIFY">SCI_GETMODIFY → bool</b><br />
|
|
This returns non-zero if the document is modified and 0 if it is unmodified. The modified
|
|
status of a document is determined by the undo position relative to the save point. The save
|
|
point is set by <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSAVEPOINT"><code>SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</code></a>,
|
|
usually when you have saved data to a file.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If you need to be notified when the document becomes modified, Scintilla notifies the
|
|
container that it has entered or left the save point with the <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED"><code>SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED</code></a> and <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT"><code>SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT</code></a> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification messages</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSEL">SCI_SETSEL(position anchor, position caret)</b><br />
|
|
This message sets both the anchor and the current position. If <code class="parameter">caret</code> is
|
|
negative, it means the end of the document. If <code class="parameter">anchor</code> is negative, it means
|
|
remove any selection (i.e. set the anchor to the same position as <code class="parameter">caret</code>). The
|
|
caret is scrolled into view after this operation.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GOTOPOS">SCI_GOTOPOS(position caret)</b><br />
|
|
This removes any selection, sets the caret at <code class="parameter">caret</code> and scrolls the view to make
|
|
the caret visible, if necessary. It is equivalent to
|
|
<code>SCI_SETSEL(caret, caret)</code>. The anchor position is set the same as the current
|
|
position.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GOTOLINE">SCI_GOTOLINE(line line)</b><br />
|
|
This removes any selection and sets the caret at the start of line number <code class="parameter">line</code>
|
|
and scrolls the view (if needed) to make it visible. The anchor position is set the same as the
|
|
current position. If <code class="parameter">line</code> is outside the lines in the document (first line is 0),
|
|
the line set is the first or last.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCURRENTPOS">SCI_SETCURRENTPOS(position caret)</b><br />
|
|
This sets the current position and creates a selection between the anchor and the current
|
|
position. The caret is not scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLCARET"><code>SCI_SCROLLCARET</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETCURRENTPOS">SCI_GETCURRENTPOS → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the current position.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETANCHOR">SCI_SETANCHOR(position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
This sets the anchor position and creates a selection between the anchor position and the
|
|
current position. The caret is not scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLCARET"><code>SCI_SCROLLCARET</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETANCHOR">SCI_GETANCHOR → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the current anchor position.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART">SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART(position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONEND">SCI_SETSELECTIONEND(position caret)</b><br />
|
|
These set the selection based on the assumption that the anchor position is less than the
|
|
current position. They do not make the caret visible. The table shows the positions of the
|
|
anchor and the current position after using these messages.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="SetSelection caret positioning">
|
|
<thead align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th>
|
|
New value for
|
|
</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>anchor</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>caret</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</thead>
|
|
|
|
<tbody align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th><code>SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code class="parameter">anchor</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>Max(</code><code class="parameter">anchor</code><code>, current)</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th><code>SCI_SETSELECTIONEND</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>Min(anchor, </code><code class="parameter">caret</code><code>)</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code class="parameter">caret</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLCARET"><code>SCI_SCROLLCARET</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART">SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONEND">SCI_GETSELECTIONEND → position</b><br />
|
|
These return the start and end of the selection without regard to which end is the current
|
|
position and which is the anchor. <code>SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART</code> returns the smaller of the
|
|
current position or the anchor position. <code>SCI_GETSELECTIONEND</code> returns the larger of
|
|
the two values.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETEMPTYSELECTION">SCI_SETEMPTYSELECTION(position caret)</b><br />
|
|
This removes any selection and sets the caret at <code class="parameter">caret</code>. The caret is not scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SELECTALL">SCI_SELECTALL</b><br />
|
|
This selects all the text in the document. The current position is not scrolled into view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION">SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION(position pos) → line</b><br />
|
|
This message returns the line that contains the position <code class="parameter">pos</code> in the document. The
|
|
return value is 0 if <code class="parameter">pos</code> <= 0. The return value is the last line if
|
|
<code class="parameter">pos</code> is beyond the end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE">SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the document position that corresponds with the start of the line. If
|
|
<code class="parameter">line</code> is negative, the position of the line holding the start of the selection is
|
|
returned. If <code class="parameter">line</code> is greater than the lines in the document, the return value is
|
|
-1. If <code class="parameter">line</code> is equal to the number of lines in the document (i.e. 1 line past the
|
|
last line), the return value is the end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION">SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the position at the end of the line, before any line end characters. If <code class="parameter">line</code>
|
|
is the last line in the document (which does not have any end of line characters) or greater,
|
|
the result is the size of the document.
|
|
If <code class="parameter">line</code> is negative the result is undefined.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINELENGTH">SCI_LINELENGTH(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the length of the line, including any line end characters. If <code class="parameter">line</code>
|
|
is negative or beyond the last line in the document, the result is 0. If you want the length of
|
|
the line not including any end of line characters, use <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION"><code>SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION(line)</code></a> - <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE"><code>SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE(line)</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT(<unused>, char *text NUL-terminated) → position</b><br />
|
|
This copies the currently selected text and a terminating 0 byte to the <code class="parameter">text</code>
|
|
buffer. The buffer size should be determined by calling with a NULL pointer for the <code class="parameter">text</code> argument
|
|
<code>SCI_GETSELTEXT(0,0)</code>.
|
|
This allows for rectangular and discontiguous selections as well as simple selections.
|
|
See <a class="toc" href="#MultipleSelectionAndVirtualSpace">Multiple Selection</a> for information on
|
|
how multiple and rectangular selections and virtual space are copied.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT</a>,
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE</a>
|
|
</code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETCURLINE">SCI_GETCURLINE(position length, char *text NUL-terminated) → position</b><br />
|
|
This retrieves the text of the line containing the caret and returns the position within the
|
|
line of the caret. Pass in <code>char* text</code> pointing at a buffer large enough to hold
|
|
the text you wish to retrieve and a terminating 0 character.
|
|
Set <code class="parameter">length</code> to the
|
|
length of the buffer which must be at least 1 to hold the terminating 0 character.
|
|
If the text argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated
|
|
to store the entire current line is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETSELTEXT">SCI_GETSELTEXT</a>, <a
|
|
class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETLINE">SCI_GETLINE</a>, <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETTEXT">SCI_GETTEXT</a>, <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT">SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT</a>, <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETTEXTRANGE">SCI_GETTEXTRANGE</a></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE">SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE → bool</b><br />
|
|
This returns 1 if the current selection is in rectangle mode, 0 if not.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE">SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE(int selectionMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE">SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
The two functions set and get the selection mode, which can be
|
|
stream (<code>SC_SEL_STREAM</code>=0) or
|
|
rectangular (<code>SC_SEL_RECTANGLE</code>=1) or
|
|
by lines (<code>SC_SEL_LINES</code>=2)
|
|
or thin rectangular (<code>SC_SEL_THIN</code>=3).
|
|
When set in these modes, regular caret moves will extend or reduce the selection,
|
|
until the mode is cancelled by a call with same value or with <code>SCI_CANCEL</code>.
|
|
The get function returns the current mode even if the selection was made by mouse
|
|
or with regular extended moves.
|
|
<code>SC_SEL_THIN</code> is the mode after a rectangular selection has been typed into and ensures
|
|
that no characters are selected.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETMOVEEXTENDSSELECTION">SCI_GETMOVEEXTENDSSELECTION → bool</b><br />
|
|
This returns 1 if regular caret moves will extend or reduce the selection, 0 if not.
|
|
<code>SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE</code> toggles this setting between on and off.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION">SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION">SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the position of the start and end of the selection at the given line with
|
|
<code>INVALID_POSITION</code> returned if no selection on this line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW">SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW</b><br />
|
|
If the caret is off the top or bottom of the view, it is moved to the nearest line that is
|
|
visible to its current position. Any selection is lost.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POSITIONBEFORE">SCI_POSITIONBEFORE(position pos) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_POSITIONAFTER">SCI_POSITIONAFTER(position pos) → position</b><br />
|
|
These messages return the position before and after another position
|
|
in the document taking into account the current code page. The minimum
|
|
position returned is 0 and the maximum is the last position in the document.
|
|
If called with a position within a multi byte character will return the position
|
|
of the start/end of that character.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TEXTWIDTH">SCI_TEXTWIDTH(int style, const char *text) → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns the pixel width of a string drawn in the given <code class="parameter">style</code> which can
|
|
be used, for example, to decide how wide to make the line number margin in order to display a
|
|
given number of numerals.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TEXTHEIGHT">SCI_TEXTHEIGHT(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns the height in pixels of a particular line. Currently all lines are the same
|
|
height.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETCOLUMN">SCI_GETCOLUMN(position pos) → position</b><br />
|
|
This message returns the column number of a position <code class="parameter">pos</code> within the document
|
|
taking the width of tabs into account. This returns the column number of the last tab on the
|
|
line before <code class="parameter">pos</code>, plus the number of characters between the last tab and
|
|
<code class="parameter">pos</code>. If there are no tab characters on the line, the return value is the number of
|
|
characters up to the position on the line. In both cases, double byte characters count as a
|
|
single character. This is probably only useful with monospaced fonts.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FINDCOLUMN">SCI_FINDCOLUMN(line line, position column) → position</b><br />
|
|
This message returns the position of a <code class="parameter">column</code> on a <code class="parameter">line</code>
|
|
taking the width of tabs into account. It treats a multi-byte character as a single column.
|
|
Column numbers, like lines start at 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT">SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT(int x, int y) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE">SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE(int x, int y) → position</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT</code> finds the closest character position to a point and
|
|
<code>SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE</code> is similar but returns -1 if the point is outside the
|
|
window or not close to any characters.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINT">SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINT(int x, int y) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE">SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE(int x, int y) → position</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINT</code> finds the closest character to a point and
|
|
<code>SCI_CHARPOSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE</code> is similar but returns -1 if the point is outside the
|
|
window or not close to any characters. This is similar to the previous methods but finds characters rather than
|
|
inter-character positions.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION">SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION(<unused>, position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION">SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION(<unused>, position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages return the x and y display pixel location of text at position <code class="parameter">pos</code>
|
|
in the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_HIDESELECTION">SCI_HIDESELECTION(bool hide)</b><br />
|
|
The normal state is to make the selection visible by drawing it as set by <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETSELFORE"><code>SCI_SETSELFORE</code></a> and <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETSELBACK"><code>SCI_SETSELBACK</code></a>. However, if you hide the selection, it
|
|
is drawn as normal text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CHOOSECARETX">SCI_CHOOSECARETX</b><br />
|
|
Scintilla remembers the x value of the last position horizontally moved to explicitly by the
|
|
user and this value is then used when moving vertically such as by using the up and down keys.
|
|
This message sets the current x position of the caret as the remembered value.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP">SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP</b><br />
|
|
Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection.
|
|
The selection will be automatically extended to the beginning of the selection's first line and the end of the selection's last line.
|
|
If nothing was selected, the line the cursor is currently at will be selected.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN">SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN</b><br />
|
|
Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection.
|
|
The selection will be automatically extended to the beginning of the selection's first line and the end of the selection's last line.
|
|
If nothing was selected, the line the cursor is currently at will be selected.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH">SCI_SETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH(bool
|
|
mouseSelectionRectangularSwitch)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH">SCI_GETMOUSESELECTIONRECTANGULARSWITCH → bool</b><br />
|
|
Enable or disable the ability to switch to rectangular selection mode while making a selection with the mouse.
|
|
When this option is turned on, mouse selections in stream mode can be switched to rectangular mode by pressing
|
|
the corresponding modifier key. They then stick to rectangular mode even when the modifier key is released again.
|
|
When this option is turned off, mouse selections will always stick to the mode the selection was started in. It
|
|
is off by default.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="ByCharacterOrCodeUnit">By character or UTF-16 code unit</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Most Scintilla APIs use byte positions but some applications want to use positions based on counting
|
|
(UTF-32) characters or (UTF-16) code units
|
|
or need to communicate with other code written in terms of characters or code units.
|
|
With only byte positions, this may require examining many bytes to count characters or code units in the document
|
|
but this may be sped up in some cases by indexing the line starts by character or code unit.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONRELATIVE">SCI_POSITIONRELATIVE(position pos, position relative) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_POSITIONRELATIVECODEUNITS">SCI_POSITIONRELATIVECODEUNITS(position pos, position relative) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COUNTCHARACTERS">SCI_COUNTCHARACTERS(position start, position end) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COUNTCODEUNITS">SCI_COUNTCODEUNITS(position start, position end) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_GETLINECHARACTERINDEX → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ALLOCATELINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_ALLOCATELINECHARACTERINDEX(int lineCharacterIndex)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RELEASELINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_RELEASELINECHARACTERINDEX(int lineCharacterIndex)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINEFROMINDEXPOSITION">SCI_LINEFROMINDEXPOSITION(position pos, int lineCharacterIndex) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDEXPOSITIONFROMLINE">SCI_INDEXPOSITIONFROMLINE(line line, int lineCharacterIndex) → position</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POSITIONRELATIVE">SCI_POSITIONRELATIVE(position pos, position relative) → position</b><br />
|
|
Count a number of whole characters before or after the argument position and return that position.
|
|
The minimum position returned is 0 and the maximum is the last position in the document.
|
|
If the position goes past the document end then 0 is returned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_COUNTCHARACTERS">SCI_COUNTCHARACTERS(position start, position end) → position</b><br />
|
|
Returns the number of whole characters between two positions.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_POSITIONRELATIVECODEUNITS">SCI_POSITIONRELATIVECODEUNITS(position pos, position relative) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_COUNTCODEUNITS">SCI_COUNTCODEUNITS(position start, position end) → position</b><br />
|
|
These are the UTF-16 versions of <code>SCI_POSITIONRELATIVE</code> and <code>SCI_COUNTCHARACTERS</code>
|
|
working in terms of UTF-16 code units.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_GETLINECHARACTERINDEX → int</b><br />
|
|
Returns which if any indexes are active. It may be <code>SC_LINECHARACTERINDEX_NONE(0)</code> or one or more
|
|
of <code>SC_LINECHARACTERINDEX_UTF32(1)</code> if whole characters are indexed or
|
|
<code>SC_LINECHARACTERINDEX_UTF16(2)</code> if UTF-16 code units are indexed.
|
|
Character indexes are currently only supported for UTF-8 documents.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ALLOCATELINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_ALLOCATELINECHARACTERINDEX(int lineCharacterIndex)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_RELEASELINECHARACTERINDEX">SCI_RELEASELINECHARACTERINDEX(int lineCharacterIndex)</b><br />
|
|
Allocate or release one or more indexes using same enumeration as <code>SCI_GETLINECHARACTERINDEX</code>.
|
|
Different aspects of an application may need indexes for different periods and should allocate for those periods.
|
|
Indexes use additional memory so releasing them can help minimize memory but they also take time to recalculate.
|
|
Scintilla may also allocate indexes to support features like accessibility or input method editors.
|
|
Only one index of each type is created for a document at a time.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINEFROMINDEXPOSITION">SCI_LINEFROMINDEXPOSITION(position pos, int lineCharacterIndex) → line</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDEXPOSITIONFROMLINE">SCI_INDEXPOSITIONFROMLINE(line line, int lineCharacterIndex) → position</b><br />
|
|
The document line of a particular character or code unit may be found by calling <code>SCI_LINEFROMINDEXPOSITION</code> with one of
|
|
<code>SC_LINECHARACTERINDEX_UTF32(1)</code> or <code>SC_LINECHARACTERINDEX_UTF16(2)</code>.
|
|
The inverse action, finds the starting position of a document line either in characters or code units from the document start by calling
|
|
<code>SCI_INDEXPOSITIONFROMLINE</code> with the same <code class="parameter">lineCharacterIndex</code> argument.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="MultipleSelectionAndVirtualSpace">Multiple Selection and Virtual Space</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMULTIPLESELECTION">SCI_SETMULTIPLESELECTION(bool multipleSelection)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMULTIPLESELECTION">SCI_GETMULTIPLESELECTION → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING(bool additionalSelectionTyping)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING">SCI_GETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMULTIPASTE">SCI_SETMULTIPASTE(int multiPaste)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMULTIPASTE">SCI_GETMULTIPASTE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS">SCI_SETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS(int virtualSpaceOptions)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS">SCI_GETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER(int modifier)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER → int</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONS">SCI_GETSELECTIONS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONEMPTY">SCI_GETSELECTIONEMPTY → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARSELECTIONS">SCI_CLEARSELECTIONS</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTION">SCI_SETSELECTION(position caret, position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDSELECTION">SCI_ADDSELECTION(position caret, position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DROPSELECTIONN">SCI_DROPSELECTIONN(int selection)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMAINSELECTION">SCI_SETMAINSELECTION(int selection)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMAINSELECTION">SCI_GETMAINSELECTION → int</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARET">SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARET(int selection, position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARET">SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARET(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE(int selection, position space)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHOR">SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHOR(int selection, position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHOR">SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHOR(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(int selection, position space)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNSTART">SCI_SETSELECTIONNSTART(int selection, position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNSTART">SCI_GETSELECTIONNSTART(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELECTIONNEND">SCI_SETSELECTIONNEND(int selection, position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELECTIONNEND">SCI_GETSELECTIONNEND(int selection) → position</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET(position caret)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE(position space)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR(position anchor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(position space)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE → position</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALSELALPHA">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELALPHA(alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETADDITIONALSELALPHA">SCI_GETADDITIONALSELALPHA → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALSELFORE">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELFORE(colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALSELBACK">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELBACK(colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETFORE">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETFORE(colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETFORE">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETFORE → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK(bool additionalCaretsBlink)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE(bool additionalCaretsVisible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SWAPMAINANCHORCARET">SCI_SWAPMAINANCHORCARET</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ROTATESELECTION">SCI_ROTATESELECTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT">SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDEACH">SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDEACH</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
There may be multiple selections active at one time.
|
|
More selections are made by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging with the mouse.
|
|
The most recent selection is the main selection and determines which part of the document is shown automatically.
|
|
Any selection apart from the main selection is called an additional selection.
|
|
The calls in the previous section operate on the main selection.
|
|
There is always at least one selection.
|
|
The selection can be simplified down to just the main selection by
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CANCEL"><code>SCI_CANCEL</code></a>
|
|
which is normally mapped to the Esc key.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
Rectangular selections are handled as multiple selections although the original rectangular range is remembered so that
|
|
subsequent operations may be handled differently for rectangular selections. For example, pasting a rectangular selection
|
|
places each piece in a vertical column.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
Virtual space is space beyond the end of each line. The caret may be moved into virtual space but no real space will be
|
|
added to the document until there is some text typed or some other text insertion command is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When discontiguous selections are copied to the clipboard, each selection is added to the clipboard text
|
|
in order with no delimiting characters.
|
|
For rectangular selections the document's line end is added after each line's text. Rectangular selections
|
|
are always copied from top line to bottom, not in the in order of selection.Virtual space is not copied.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETMULTIPLESELECTION">SCI_SETMULTIPLESELECTION(bool multipleSelection)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMULTIPLESELECTION">SCI_GETMULTIPLESELECTION → bool</b><br />
|
|
Enable or disable multiple selection. When multiple selection is disabled, it is not possible to select
|
|
multiple ranges by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging with the mouse.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING(bool additionalSelectionTyping)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING">SCI_GETADDITIONALSELECTIONTYPING → bool</b><br />
|
|
Whether typing, new line, cursor left/right/up/down, backspace, delete, home, and end work
|
|
with multiple selections simultaneously.
|
|
Also allows selection and word and line deletion commands.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETMULTIPASTE">SCI_SETMULTIPASTE(int multiPaste)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMULTIPASTE">SCI_GETMULTIPASTE → int</b><br />
|
|
When pasting into multiple selections, the pasted text can go into just the main selection with <code>SC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE</code>=0
|
|
or into each selection with <code>SC_MULTIPASTE_EACH</code>=1. <code>SC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE</code> is the default.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS">SCI_SETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS(int virtualSpaceOptions)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS">SCI_GETVIRTUALSPACEOPTIONS → int</b><br />
|
|
Virtual space can be enabled or disabled for rectangular selections or in other circumstances or in both.
|
|
There are three bit flags <code>SCVS_RECTANGULARSELECTION</code>=1,
|
|
<code>SCVS_USERACCESSIBLE</code>=2, and
|
|
<code>SCVS_NOWRAPLINESTART</code>=4 which can be set independently.
|
|
<code>SCVS_NONE</code>=0, the default, disables all use of virtual space.</p>
|
|
<p><code>SCVS_NOWRAPLINESTART</code> prevents left arrow movement and selection
|
|
from wrapping to the previous line.
|
|
This is most commonly desired in conjunction with virtual space but is an independent
|
|
setting so works without virtual space.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER(int modifier)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONMODIFIER → int</b><br />
|
|
On GTK and Qt, the key used to indicate that a rectangular selection should be created when combined with a mouse drag can be set.
|
|
The three possible values are <code>SCMOD_CTRL</code>=2, <code>SCMOD_ALT</code>=4 (default) or <code>SCMOD_SUPER</code>=8.
|
|
Since <code>SCMOD_ALT</code> may already be used by a window manager, the window manager may need configuring to allow this choice.
|
|
<code>SCMOD_SUPER</code> is often a system dependent modifier key such as the Left Windows key on a Windows keyboard or the
|
|
Command key on a Mac.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONS">SCI_GETSELECTIONS → int</b><br />
|
|
Return the number of selections currently active. There is always at least one selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONEMPTY">SCI_GETSELECTIONEMPTY → bool</b><br />
|
|
Return 1 if every selected range is empty else 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_CLEARSELECTIONS">SCI_CLEARSELECTIONS</b><br />
|
|
Set a single empty selection at 0 as the only selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTION">SCI_SETSELECTION(position caret, position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
Set a single selection from <code class="parameter">anchor</code> to <code class="parameter">caret</code> as the only selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_ADDSELECTION">SCI_ADDSELECTION(position caret, position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
Add a new selection from <code class="parameter">anchor</code> to <code class="parameter">caret</code> as the main selection retaining all other
|
|
selections as additional selections.
|
|
Since there is always at least one selection, to set a list of selections, the first selection should be
|
|
added with <code>SCI_SETSELECTION</code> and later selections added with <code>SCI_ADDSELECTION</code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_DROPSELECTIONN">SCI_DROPSELECTIONN(int selection)</b><br />
|
|
If there are multiple selections, remove the indicated selection.
|
|
If this was the main selection then make the previous selection the main and if it was the first then the last selection becomes main.
|
|
If there is only one selection, or there is no selection <code class="parameter">selection</code>, then there is no effect.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETMAINSELECTION">SCI_SETMAINSELECTION(int selection)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMAINSELECTION">SCI_GETMAINSELECTION → int</b><br />
|
|
One of the selections is the main selection which is used to determine what range of text is automatically visible.
|
|
The main selection may be displayed in different colours or with a differently styled caret.
|
|
Only an already existing selection can be made main.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARET">SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARET(int selection, position caret)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARET">SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARET(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE(int selection, position space)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETSELECTIONNCARETVIRTUALSPACE(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHOR">SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHOR(int selection, position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHOR">SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHOR(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(int selection, position space)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETSELECTIONNANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
Set or query the position and amount of virtual space for the caret and anchor of each already existing selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNSTART">SCI_SETSELECTIONNSTART(int selection, position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNSTART">SCI_GETSELECTIONNSTART(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELECTIONNEND">SCI_SETSELECTIONNEND(int selection, position caret)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELECTIONNEND">SCI_GETSELECTIONNEND(int selection) → position</b><br />
|
|
Set or query the start and end position of each already existing selection.
|
|
Mostly of use to query each range for its text. The selection parameter is zero-based. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET(position caret)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARET → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE(position space)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONCARETVIRTUALSPACE → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR(position anchor)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHOR → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_SETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE(position space)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE">SCI_GETRECTANGULARSELECTIONANCHORVIRTUALSPACE → position</b><br />
|
|
Set or query the position and amount of virtual space for the caret and anchor of the rectangular selection.
|
|
After setting the rectangular selection, this is broken down into multiple selections, one for each line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALSELALPHA">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELALPHA(<a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETADDITIONALSELALPHA">SCI_GETADDITIONALSELALPHA → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALSELFORE">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELFORE(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALSELBACK">SCI_SETADDITIONALSELBACK(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
Modify the appearance of additional selections so that they can be differentiated from the main selection which has its appearance set with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELALPHA"><code>SCI_SETSELALPHA</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELALPHA"><code>SCI_GETSELALPHA</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELFORE"><code>SCI_SETSELFORE</code></a>, and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELBACK"><code>SCI_SETSELBACK</code></a>.
|
|
<code>SCI_SETADDITIONALSELFORE</code> and
|
|
<code>SCI_SETADDITIONALSELBACK</code> calls have no
|
|
effect until <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELFORE"><code>SCI_SETSELFORE</code></a>
|
|
and <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELBACK"><code>SCI_SETSELBACK</code></a> are
|
|
called with useSelection*Colour value set to true. Subsequent calls to
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELFORE"><code>SCI_SETSELFORE</code></a>,
|
|
and <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELBACK"><code>SCI_SETSELBACK</code></a> will
|
|
overwrite the values set by <code>SCI_SETADDITIONALSEL*</code> functions.</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETFORE">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETFORE(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETFORE">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETFORE → colour</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK(bool additionalCaretsBlink)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSBLINK → bool</b><br />
|
|
Modify the appearance of additional carets so that they can be differentiated from the main caret which has its appearance set with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETFORE"><code>SCI_SETCARETFORE</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETFORE"><code>SCI_GETCARETFORE</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETPERIOD"><code>SCI_SETCARETPERIOD</code></a>, and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETPERIOD"><code>SCI_GETCARETPERIOD</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE">SCI_SETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE(bool additionalCaretsVisible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE">SCI_GETADDITIONALCARETSVISIBLE → bool</b><br />
|
|
Determine whether to show additional carets (defaults to <code>true</code>).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SWAPMAINANCHORCARET">SCI_SWAPMAINANCHORCARET</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ROTATESELECTION">SCI_ROTATESELECTION</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT">SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDEACH">SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDEACH</b><br />
|
|
These commands may be assigned to keys to make it possible to manipulate multiple selections.
|
|
<code>SCI_SWAPMAINANCHORCARET</code> moves the caret to the opposite end of the main selection.
|
|
<code>SCI_ROTATESELECTION</code> makes the next selection be the main selection.<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT</code> adds the next occurrence of the main selection
|
|
within the target to the set of selections as main. If the current selection is empty then select word around caret.
|
|
The current <a class="jump" href="#searchFlags"><code>searchFlags</code></a>
|
|
are used so the application may choose case sensitivity and word search options.<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDEACH</code> is similar to
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIPLESELECTADDNEXT</code> but adds multiple occurrences instead of just one.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="ScrollingAndAutomaticScrolling">Scrolling and automatic scrolling</h2>
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFIRSTVISIBLELINE">SCI_SETFIRSTVISIBLELINE(line displayLine)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE">SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETXOFFSET">SCI_SETXOFFSET(int xOffset)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETXOFFSET">SCI_GETXOFFSET → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINESCROLL">SCI_LINESCROLL(position columns, line lines)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLCARET">SCI_SCROLLCARET</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLRANGE">SCI_SCROLLRANGE(position secondary, position primary)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY">SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY(int caretPolicy, int
|
|
caretSlop)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY">SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY(int caretPolicy, int
|
|
caretSlop)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY">SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY(int visiblePolicy, int
|
|
visibleSlop)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR">SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR(bool visible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR">SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR">SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR(bool visible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR">SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH">SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH(int pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH">SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING">SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING(bool tracking)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING">SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE">SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE(bool
|
|
endAtLastLine)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE">SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFIRSTVISIBLELINE">SCI_SETFIRSTVISIBLELINE(line displayLine)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE">SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE → line</b><br />
|
|
These messages retrieve and set the line number of the first visible line in the Scintilla view. The first line
|
|
in the document is numbered 0. The value is a visible line rather than a document line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETXOFFSET">SCI_SETXOFFSET(int xOffset)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETXOFFSET">SCI_GETXOFFSET → int</b><br />
|
|
The <code class="parameter">xOffset</code> is the horizontal scroll position in pixels of the start of the text
|
|
view. A value of 0 is the normal position with the first text column visible at the left of the
|
|
view.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINESCROLL">SCI_LINESCROLL(position columns, line lines)</b><br />
|
|
This will attempt to scroll the display by the number of columns and lines that you specify.
|
|
Positive line values increase the line number at the top of the screen (i.e. they move the text
|
|
upwards as far as the user is concerned), Negative line values do the reverse.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The column measure is the width of a space in the default style. Positive values increase
|
|
the column at the left edge of the view (i.e. they move the text leftwards as far as the user
|
|
is concerned). Negative values do the reverse.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETXOFFSET"><code>SCI_SETXOFFSET</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SCROLLCARET">SCI_SCROLLCARET</b><br />
|
|
If the current position (this is the caret if there is no selection) is not visible, the view
|
|
is scrolled to make it visible according to the current caret policy.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SCROLLRANGE">SCI_SCROLLRANGE(position secondary, position primary)</b><br />
|
|
Scroll the argument positions and the range between them into view giving
|
|
priority to the primary position then the secondary position.
|
|
The behaviour is similar to <a class="message" href="#SCI_SCROLLCARET"><code>SCI_SCROLLCARET</code></a>
|
|
with the primary position used instead of the caret. An effort is then made to ensure that the secondary
|
|
position and range between are also visible.
|
|
This may be used to make a search match visible.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY">SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY">SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop)</b><br />
|
|
These set the caret policy. The value of <code class="parameter">caretPolicy</code> is a combination of
|
|
<code>CARET_SLOP</code>, <code>CARET_STRICT</code>, <code>CARET_JUMPS</code> and
|
|
<code>CARET_EVEN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Caret policy">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>CARET_SLOP</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>If set, we can define a slop value: <code class="parameter">caretSlop</code>. This value defines an
|
|
unwanted zone (UZ) where the caret is... unwanted. This zone is defined as a number of
|
|
pixels near the vertical margins, and as a number of lines near the horizontal margins.
|
|
By keeping the caret away from the edges, it is seen within its context. This makes it
|
|
likely that the identifier that the caret is on can be completely seen, and that the
|
|
current line is seen with some of the lines following it, which are often dependent on
|
|
that line.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>CARET_STRICT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>If set, the policy set by <code>CARET_SLOP</code> is enforced... strictly. The caret
|
|
is centred on the display if <code class="parameter">caretSlop</code> is not set, and cannot go in the UZ
|
|
if <code class="parameter">caretSlop</code> is set.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>CARET_JUMPS</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>If set, the display is moved more energetically so the caret can move in the same
|
|
direction longer before the policy is applied again. '3UZ' notation is used to indicate
|
|
three time the size of the UZ as a distance to the margin.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>CARET_EVEN</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>If not set, instead of having symmetrical UZs, the left and bottom UZs are extended
|
|
up to right and top UZs respectively. This way, we favour the displaying of useful
|
|
information: the beginning of lines, where most code reside, and the lines after the
|
|
caret, for example, the body of a function.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Caret positioning">
|
|
<thead align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th>slop</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>strict</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>jumps</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>even</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Caret can go to the margin</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>On reaching limit (going out of visibility<br />
|
|
or going into the UZ) display is...</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</thead>
|
|
|
|
<tbody align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret on top/on right</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved by one position</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret on top/on right</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>centred on the caret</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Caret is always on top/on right of display</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>No, caret is always centred</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret out of the asymmetrical UZ</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret out of the UZ</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret at 3UZ of the top or right margin</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Yes</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret at 3UZ of the margin</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Caret is always at UZ of top/right margin</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>-</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>No, kept out of UZ</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved by one position</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>No, kept out of UZ</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>moved to put caret at 3UZ of the margin</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY">SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY(int visiblePolicy, int visibleSlop)</b><br />
|
|
This determines how the vertical positioning is determined when <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY"><code>SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY</code></a> is
|
|
called. It takes <code>VISIBLE_SLOP</code> and <code>VISIBLE_STRICT</code> flags for the policy
|
|
parameter. It is similar in operation to <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY"><code>SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY(int caretPolicy, int
|
|
caretSlop)</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR">SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR(bool visible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR">SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR → bool</b><br />
|
|
The horizontal scroll bar is only displayed if it is needed for the assumed width.
|
|
If you never wish to see it, call
|
|
<code>SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR(0)</code>. Use <code>SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR(1)</code> to enable it again.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR</code> returns the current state. The default state is to display it
|
|
when needed.</p>
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH">SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR">SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR(bool visible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR">SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR → bool</b><br />
|
|
By default, the vertical scroll bar is always displayed when required. You can choose to hide
|
|
or show it with <code>SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR</code> and get the current state with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_LINESCROLL"><code>SCI_LINESCROLL</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH">SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH(int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH">SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH → int</b><br />
|
|
For performance, Scintilla does not measure the display width of the document to determine
|
|
the properties of the horizontal scroll bar. Instead, an assumed width is used.
|
|
These messages set and get the document width in pixels assumed by Scintilla.
|
|
The default value is 2000.
|
|
To ensure the width of the currently visible lines can be scrolled use
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING"><code>SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING">SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING(bool tracking)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING">SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING → bool</b><br />
|
|
If scroll width tracking is enabled then the scroll width is adjusted to ensure that all of the lines currently
|
|
displayed can be completely scrolled. This mode never adjusts the scroll width to be narrower.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE">SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE(bool endAtLastLine)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE">SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE → bool</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE</code> sets the scroll range so that maximum scroll position has
|
|
the last line at the bottom of the view (default). Setting this to <code>false</code> allows
|
|
scrolling one page below the last line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="WhiteSpace">White space</h2>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETVIEWWS">SCI_SETVIEWWS(int viewWS)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETVIEWWS">SCI_GETVIEWWS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE">SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE(bool
|
|
useSetting, colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK">SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK(bool
|
|
useSetting, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWHITESPACESIZE">SCI_SETWHITESPACESIZE(int
|
|
size)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWHITESPACESIZE">SCI_GETWHITESPACESIZE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTABDRAWMODE">SCI_SETTABDRAWMODE(int tabDrawMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTABDRAWMODE">SCI_GETTABDRAWMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT">SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT(int extraAscent)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT">SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT">SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT(int extraDescent)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT">SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETVIEWWS">SCI_SETVIEWWS(int viewWS)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETVIEWWS">SCI_GETVIEWWS → int</b><br />
|
|
White space can be made visible which may be useful for languages in which white space is
|
|
significant, such as Python. Space characters appear as small centred dots and tab characters
|
|
as light arrows pointing to the right. There are also ways to control the display of <a
|
|
class="jump" href="#LineEndings">end of line characters</a>. The two messages set and get the
|
|
white space display mode. The <code class="parameter">viewWS</code> argument can be one of:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="White space policy">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCWS_INVISIBLE</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The normal display mode with white space displayed as an empty background
|
|
colour.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCWS_VISIBLEALWAYS</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>White space characters are drawn as dots and arrows,</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCWS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>White space used for indentation is displayed normally but after the first visible
|
|
character, it is shown as dots and arrows.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCWS_VISIBLEONLYININDENT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>White space used for indentation is displayed as dots and arrows.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>The effect of using any other <code class="parameter">viewWS</code> value is undefined.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE">SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK">SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
By default, the colour of visible white space is determined by the lexer in use. The
|
|
foreground and/or background colour of all visible white space can be set globally, overriding
|
|
the lexer's colours with <code>SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE</code> and
|
|
<code>SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWHITESPACESIZE">SCI_SETWHITESPACESIZE(int size)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWHITESPACESIZE">SCI_GETWHITESPACESIZE → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETWHITESPACESIZE</code> sets the size of the dots used for mark space characters.
|
|
The <code>SCI_GETWHITESPACESIZE</code> message retrieves the current size.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTABDRAWMODE">SCI_SETTABDRAWMODE(int tabDrawMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTABDRAWMODE">SCI_GETTABDRAWMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages get and set how tab characters are drawn when white space is visible.
|
|
The <code class="parameter">tabDrawMode</code> argument can be one of:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="White space policy">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCTD_LONGARROW</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The default mode of an arrow stretching until the tabstop.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SCTD_STRIKEOUT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A horizontal line stretching until the tabstop.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>The effect of using any other <code class="parameter">tabDrawMode</code> value is undefined.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT">SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT(int extraAscent)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT">SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT">SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT(int extraDescent)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT">SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT → int</b><br />
|
|
Text is drawn with the base of each character on a 'baseline'. The height of a line is found from the maximum
|
|
that any style extends above the baseline (its 'ascent'), added to the maximum that any style extends below the
|
|
baseline (its 'descent').
|
|
Space may be added to the maximum ascent (<code>SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT</code>) and the
|
|
maximum descent (<code>SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT</code>) to allow for more space between lines.
|
|
This may done to make the text easier to read or to accommodate underlines or highlights.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Cursor">Cursor</h2>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCURSOR">SCI_SETCURSOR(int cursorType)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCURSOR">SCI_GETCURSOR → int</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCURSOR">SCI_SETCURSOR(int cursorType)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCURSOR">SCI_GETCURSOR → int</b><br />
|
|
The cursor is normally chosen in a context sensitive way, so it will be different over the
|
|
margin than when over the text. When performing a slow action, you may wish to change to a wait
|
|
cursor. You set the cursor type with <code>SCI_SETCURSOR</code>. The <code class="parameter">cursorType</code>
|
|
argument can be:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Mouse cursors">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_CURSORNORMAL</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>-1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The normal cursor is displayed.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>SC_CURSORWAIT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td> 4</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The wait cursor is displayed when the mouse is over or owned by the Scintilla
|
|
window.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>Cursor values 1 through 7 have defined cursors, but only <code>SC_CURSORWAIT</code> is
|
|
usefully controllable. Other values of <code class="parameter">cursorType</code> cause a pointer to be displayed.
|
|
The <code>SCI_GETCURSOR</code> message returns the last cursor type you set, or
|
|
<code>SC_CURSORNORMAL</code> (-1) if you have not set a cursor type.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="MouseCapture">Mouse capture</h2>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES">SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES(bool captures)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES">SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES">SCI_SETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES(bool captures)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES">SCI_GETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES → bool</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES">SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES(bool captures)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES">SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES → bool</b><br />
|
|
When the mouse is pressed inside Scintilla, it is captured so future mouse movement events are
|
|
sent to Scintilla. This behaviour may be turned off with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES(0)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES">SCI_SETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES(bool captures)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES">SCI_GETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES → bool</b><br />
|
|
On Windows, Scintilla captures all <code>WM_MOUSEWHEEL</code> messages if it has the
|
|
focus, even if the mouse pointer is nowhere near the Scintilla editor window. This
|
|
behavior can be changed with <code>SCI_SETMOUSEWHEELCAPTURES(0)</code> so that
|
|
Scintilla passes the <code>WM_MOUSEWHEEL</code> messages to its parent window.
|
|
Scintilla will still react to the mouse wheel if the mouse pointer is over
|
|
the editor window.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="LineEndings">Line endings</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla can handle the major line end conventions and, depending on settings and
|
|
the current lexer also support additional Unicode line ends.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla can interpret any of the Macintosh (\r), Unix (\n) and Windows (\r\n)
|
|
line ends.
|
|
When the user presses the Enter key, one of these line
|
|
end strings is inserted into the buffer. The default is \r\n in Windows and \n in Unix, but
|
|
this can be changed with the <code>SCI_SETEOLMODE</code> message. You can also convert the
|
|
entire document to one of these line endings with <code>SCI_CONVERTEOLS</code>. Finally, you
|
|
can choose to display the line endings with <code>SCI_SETVIEWEOL</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For the UTF-8 encoding, three additional Unicode line ends,
|
|
Next Line (<code>NEL=U+0085</code>), Line Separator (<code>LS=U+2028</code>), and Paragraph Separator (<code>PS=U+2029</code>)
|
|
may optionally be interpreted when Unicode line ends is turned on and the current lexer also supports
|
|
Unicode line ends.</p>
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEOLMODE">SCI_SETEOLMODE(int eolMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEOLMODE">SCI_GETEOLMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CONVERTEOLS">SCI_CONVERTEOLS(int eolMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETVIEWEOL">SCI_SETVIEWEOL(bool visible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETVIEWEOL">SCI_GETVIEWEOL → bool</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED">SCI_SETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED(int lineEndBitSet)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESACTIVE">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESACTIVE → int</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETEOLMODE">SCI_SETEOLMODE(int eolMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEOLMODE">SCI_GETEOLMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETEOLMODE</code> sets the characters that are added into the document when the user
|
|
presses the Enter key. You can set <code class="parameter">eolMode</code> to one of <code>SC_EOL_CRLF</code> (0),
|
|
<code>SC_EOL_CR</code> (1), or <code>SC_EOL_LF</code> (2). The <code>SCI_GETEOLMODE</code>
|
|
message retrieves the current state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CONVERTEOLS">SCI_CONVERTEOLS(int eolMode)</b><br />
|
|
This message changes all the end of line characters in the document to match
|
|
<code class="parameter">eolMode</code>. Valid values are: <code>SC_EOL_CRLF</code> (0), <code>SC_EOL_CR</code>
|
|
(1), or <code>SC_EOL_LF</code> (2).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETVIEWEOL">SCI_SETVIEWEOL(bool visible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETVIEWEOL">SCI_GETVIEWEOL → bool</b><br />
|
|
Normally, the end of line characters are hidden, but <code>SCI_SETVIEWEOL</code> allows you to
|
|
display (or hide) them by setting <code class="parameter">visible</code> <code>true</code> (or
|
|
<code>false</code>). The visible rendering of the end of line characters is similar to
|
|
<code>(CR)</code>, <code>(LF)</code>, or <code>(CR)(LF)</code>. <code>SCI_GETVIEWEOL</code>
|
|
returns the current state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED</code> reports the different types of line ends supported
|
|
by the current lexer. This is a bit set although there is currently only a single choice
|
|
with either <code>SC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT</code> (0) or <code>SC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE</code> (1).
|
|
These values are also used by the other messages concerned with Unicode line ends.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED">SCI_SETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED(int lineEndBitSet)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED → int</b><br />
|
|
By default, only the ASCII line ends are interpreted. Unicode line ends may be requested with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED(SC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE)</code>
|
|
but this will be ineffective unless the lexer also allows you Unicode line ends.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED</code> returns the current state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESACTIVE">SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESACTIVE → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESACTIVE</code> reports the set of line ends currently interpreted
|
|
by Scintilla. It is <code>SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESSUPPORTED & SCI_GETLINEENDTYPESALLOWED</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Words">Words</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>There is support for selecting, navigating by, and searching for words.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
Words are contiguous sequences of characters from a particular set of characters.
|
|
4 categories define words: word, whitespace, punctuation, and line ends with each category
|
|
having a role in word functions.
|
|
Double clicking selects the word at that point, which may be a sequence of word, punctuation,
|
|
or whitespace bytes.
|
|
Line ends are not selected by double clicking but do act as word separators.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Words are defined in terms of characters and the sets of characters in each category can be customized to an extent.
|
|
The NUL character (0) is always a space as the APIs to set categories use NUL-terminated strings.
|
|
For single-byte encodings a category may be assigned to any character (1 to 0xFF).
|
|
For multi-byte encodings a category may be assigned to characters from 1 to 0x7F with static behaviour from 0x80.
|
|
For UTF-8, characters from 0x80 will use a category based on their Unicode general category.
|
|
For Asian encodings, code pages 932, 936, 949, 950, and 1361, characters from 0x80 are treated as word characters.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Identifiers in programming languages are often sequences of words with capitalisation
|
|
(aCamelCaseIdentifier) or underscores (an_under_bar_ident) used to mark word boundaries.
|
|
The <code>SCI_WORDPART*</code> commands are used for moving between word parts:
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDPARTLEFT"><code>SCI_WORDPARTLEFT</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND"><code>SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND</code></a>,
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT"><code>SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT</code></a>, and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND"><code>SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND</code></a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDENDPOSITION">SCI_WORDENDPOSITION(position pos, bool onlyWordCharacters) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION">SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION(position pos, bool onlyWordCharacters) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ISRANGEWORD">SCI_ISRANGEWORD(position start, position end) → bool</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWORDCHARS">SCI_SETWORDCHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWORDCHARS">SCI_GETWORDCHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS">SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWHITESPACECHARS">SCI_GETWHITESPACECHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPUNCTUATIONCHARS">SCI_SETPUNCTUATIONCHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPUNCTUATIONCHARS">SCI_GETPUNCTUATIONCHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT">SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION">SCI_SETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION(int countCharacters)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION">SCI_GETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION → int</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_WORDENDPOSITION">SCI_WORDENDPOSITION(position pos, bool onlyWordCharacters) → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION">SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION(position pos, bool onlyWordCharacters) → position</b><br />
|
|
These messages return the start and end of words using the same definition of words as used
|
|
internally within Scintilla. You can set your own list of characters that count as words with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWORDCHARS"><code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code></a>. The position
|
|
sets the start or the search, which is forwards when searching for the end and backwards when
|
|
searching for the start.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ISRANGEWORD">SCI_ISRANGEWORD(position start, position end) → bool</b><br />
|
|
Is the range start..end a word or set of words? This message checks that start is at a word start transition and that
|
|
end is at a word end transition. It does not check whether there are any spaces inside the range.</p>
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ISRANGEWORD">SCI_ISRANGEWORD(position start, position end) → bool</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p>Set <code class="parameter">onlyWordCharacters</code> to <code>true</code> (1) to stop searching at the first
|
|
non-word character in the search direction. If <code class="parameter">onlyWordCharacters</code> is
|
|
<code>false</code> (0), the first character in the search direction sets the type of the search
|
|
as word or non-word and the search stops at the first non-matching character. Searches are also
|
|
terminated by the start or end of the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If "w" represents word characters and "." represents non-word characters and "|" represents
|
|
the position and <code>true</code> or <code>false</code> is the state of
|
|
<code class="parameter">onlyWordCharacters</code>:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Word start and end positions">
|
|
<thead align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th>Initial state</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>end, true</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>end, false</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>start, true</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>start, false</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</thead>
|
|
|
|
<tbody align="center">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>..ww..|..ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww..|..ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww....|ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww..|..ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww|....ww..</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>....ww|ww....</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>....wwww|....</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>....wwww|....</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>....|wwww....</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>....|wwww....</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>..ww|....ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww|....ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww....|ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..|ww....ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..|ww....ww..</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>..ww....|ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww....ww|..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww....ww|..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww....|ww..</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>..ww|....ww..</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWORDCHARS">SCI_SETWORDCHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</b><br />
|
|
This message defines which characters are members of the word category.
|
|
The character categories are set to default values before processing this function.
|
|
For example, if you don't allow '_' in your set of characters
|
|
use:<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS(0, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789")</code>;</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETWORDCHARS">SCI_GETWORDCHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</b><br />
|
|
This fills the characters parameter with all the characters included in words.
|
|
The characters parameter must be large enough to hold all of the characters.
|
|
If the characters parameter is 0 then the length that should be allocated
|
|
to store the entire set is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For multi-byte encodings, this API will not return meaningful values for 0x80 and above.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS">SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWHITESPACECHARS">SCI_GETWHITESPACECHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</b><br />
|
|
Similar to <code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code>, this message allows the user to define which chars Scintilla considers
|
|
as whitespace. Setting the whitespace chars allows the user to fine-tune Scintilla's behaviour doing
|
|
such things as moving the cursor to the start or end of a word; for example, by defining punctuation chars
|
|
as whitespace, they will be skipped over when the user presses ctrl+left or ctrl+right.
|
|
This function should be called after <code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code> as it will
|
|
reset the whitespace characters to the default set.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETWHITESPACECHARS</code> behaves similarly to <code>SCI_GETWORDCHARS</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPUNCTUATIONCHARS">SCI_SETPUNCTUATIONCHARS(<unused>, const char *characters)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPUNCTUATIONCHARS">SCI_GETPUNCTUATIONCHARS(<unused>, char *characters) → int</b><br />
|
|
Similar to <code>SCI_SETWORDCHARS</code> and <code>SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS</code>, this message
|
|
allows the user to define which chars Scintilla considers as punctuation.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETPUNCTUATIONCHARS</code> behaves similarly to <code>SCI_GETWORDCHARS</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT">SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT</b><br />
|
|
Use the default sets of word and whitespace characters. This sets whitespace to space, tab and other
|
|
characters with codes less than 0x20, with word characters set to alphanumeric and '_'.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION">SCI_SETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION(int countCharacters)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION">SCI_GETCHARACTERCATEGORYOPTIMIZATION → int</b><br />
|
|
Optimize speed of character category features like determining whether a character is a space or number at the expense of memory.
|
|
Mostly used for Unicode documents.
|
|
The countCharacters parameter determines how many character starting from 0 are added to a look-up table with one byte used for each character.
|
|
It is reasonable to cover the set of characters likely to be used in a document so 0x100 for simple Roman text,
|
|
0x1000 to cover most simple alphabets, 0x10000 to cover most of East Asian languages, and 0x110000 to cover all possible characters.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Word keyboard commands are:</p>
|
|
<ul>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDLEFT">SCI_WORDLEFT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND">SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDRIGHT">SCI_WORDRIGHT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND">SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDLEFTEND">SCI_WORDLEFTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND">SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDRIGHTEND">SCI_WORDRIGHTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND">SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDPARTLEFT">SCI_WORDPARTLEFT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND">SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT">SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND">SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_DELWORDLEFT">SCI_DELWORDLEFT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_DELWORDRIGHT">SCI_DELWORDRIGHT</li>
|
|
<li class="message" id="SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND">SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND</li>
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Styling">Styling</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>The styling messages allow you to assign styles to text. If your styling needs can be met by
|
|
one of the standard lexers, or if you can write your own, then a lexer is probably the easiest
|
|
way to style your document. If you choose to use the container to do the styling you can use
|
|
the <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLEXER"><code>SCI_SETLEXER</code></a> command to select
|
|
<code>SCLEX_CONTAINER</code>, in which case the container is sent a <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_STYLENEEDED"><code>SCN_STYLENEEDED</code></a> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification</a> each time text needs styling for display. As another
|
|
alternative, you might use idle time to style the document. Even if you use a lexer, you might
|
|
use the styling commands to mark errors detected by a compiler. The following commands can be
|
|
used.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_GETENDSTYLED">SCI_GETENDSTYLED → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STARTSTYLING">SCI_STARTSTYLING(position start, int unused)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSTYLING">SCI_SETSTYLING(position length, int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSTYLINGEX">SCI_SETSTYLINGEX(position length, const char
|
|
*styles)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETIDLESTYLING">SCI_SETIDLESTYLING(int idleStyling)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETIDLESTYLING">SCI_GETIDLESTYLING → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLINESTATE">SCI_SETLINESTATE(line line, int state)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINESTATE">SCI_GETLINESTATE(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE">SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETENDSTYLED">SCI_GETENDSTYLED → position</b><br />
|
|
Scintilla keeps a record of the last character that is likely to be styled correctly. This is
|
|
moved forwards when characters after it are styled and moved backwards if changes are made to
|
|
the text of the document before it. Before drawing text, this position is checked to see if any
|
|
styling is needed and, if so, a <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_STYLENEEDED">SCN_STYLENEEDED</a></code> notification message is sent to the
|
|
container. The container can send <code>SCI_GETENDSTYLED</code> to work out where it needs to
|
|
start styling. Scintilla will always ask to style whole lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STARTSTYLING">SCI_STARTSTYLING(position start, int unused)</b><br />
|
|
This prepares for styling by setting the styling position <code class="parameter">start</code> to start at.
|
|
The unused argument was used in earlier versions but is now ignored.
|
|
After
|
|
<code>SCI_STARTSTYLING</code>, send multiple <code>SCI_SETSTYLING</code> messages for each
|
|
lexical entity to style or send <code>SCI_SETSTYLINGEX</code> to style in blocks.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSTYLING">SCI_SETSTYLING(position length, int style)</b><br />
|
|
This message sets the style of <code class="parameter">length</code> characters starting at the styling position
|
|
and then increases the styling position by <code class="parameter">length</code>, ready for the next call.
|
|
<code>SCI_STARTSTYLING</code> should be called before the first call to this.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSTYLINGEX">SCI_SETSTYLINGEX(position length, const char *styles)</b><br />
|
|
As an alternative to <code>SCI_SETSTYLING</code>, which applies the same style to each byte,
|
|
you can use this message which specifies the styles for each of <code class="parameter">length</code> bytes from
|
|
the styling position and then increases the styling position by <code class="parameter">length</code>, ready for
|
|
the next call.
|
|
<code>SCI_STARTSTYLING</code> should be called before the first call to this.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETIDLESTYLING">SCI_SETIDLESTYLING(int idleStyling)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETIDLESTYLING">SCI_GETIDLESTYLING → int</b><br />
|
|
By default, <code>SC_IDLESTYLING_NONE</code> (0),
|
|
syntax styling is performed for all the currently visible text before displaying it.
|
|
On very large files, this may make scrolling down slow.
|
|
With <code>SC_IDLESTYLING_TOVISIBLE</code> (1),
|
|
a small amount of styling is performed before display and then
|
|
further styling is performed incrementally in the background as an idle-time task.
|
|
This may result in the text initially appearing uncoloured and then, some time later, it is coloured.
|
|
Text after the currently visible portion may be styled in the background with <code>SC_IDLESTYLING_AFTERVISIBLE</code> (2).
|
|
To style both before and after the visible text in the background use <code>SC_IDLESTYLING_ALL</code> (3).
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Since wrapping also needs to perform styling and also uses idle time, this setting has no effect when
|
|
the document is displayed wrapped.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLINESTATE">SCI_SETLINESTATE(line line, int state)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLINESTATE">SCI_GETLINESTATE(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
As well as the 8 bits of lexical state stored for each character there is also an integer
|
|
stored for each line. This can be used for longer lived parse states such as what the current
|
|
scripting language is in an ASP page. Use <code>SCI_SETLINESTATE</code> to set the integer
|
|
value and <code>SCI_GETLINESTATE</code> to get the value.
|
|
Changing the value produces a <a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE">SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE</a> notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE">SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns the last line that has any line state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="StyleDefinition">Style definition</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>While the style setting messages mentioned above change the style numbers associated with
|
|
text, these messages define how those style numbers are interpreted visually. There are 256
|
|
lexer styles that can be set, numbered 0 to <code>STYLE_MAX</code> (255).
|
|
There are also some
|
|
predefined numbered styles starting at 32, The following <code>STYLE_</code>* constants are
|
|
defined.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Preset styles">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>32</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style defines the attributes that all styles receive when the
|
|
<code>SCI_STYLECLEARALL</code> message is used.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_LINENUMBER</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>33</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style sets the attributes of the text used to display line numbers in a line
|
|
number margin. The background colour set for this style also sets the background colour
|
|
for all margins that do not have any folding mask bits set. That is, any margin for which
|
|
<code>mask & SC_MASK_FOLDERS</code> is 0. See <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETMARGINMASKN"><code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN</code></a> for more about masks.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_BRACELIGHT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>34</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style sets the attributes used when highlighting braces with the <a
|
|
class="message" href="#BraceHighlighting"><code>SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT</code></a> message and
|
|
when highlighting the corresponding indentation with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE"><code>SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE</code></a>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_BRACEBAD</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>35</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style sets the display attributes used when marking an unmatched brace with the
|
|
<a class="message" href="#BraceHighlighting"><code>SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT</code></a>
|
|
message.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_CONTROLCHAR</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>36</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style sets the font used when drawing control characters.
|
|
Only the font, size, bold, italics, and character set attributes are used and not
|
|
the colour attributes. See
|
|
also: <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL"><code>SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL</code></a>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_INDENTGUIDE</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>37</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This style sets the foreground and background colours used when drawing the
|
|
indentation guides.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_CALLTIP</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>38</td>
|
|
|
|
<td> Call tips normally use the font attributes defined by <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code>.
|
|
Use of <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE"><code>SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE</code></a>
|
|
causes call tips to use this style instead. Only the font face name, font size,
|
|
foreground and background colours and character set attributes are used.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>39</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is the style used for drawing text tags attached to folded text.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>39</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>To make it easier for client code to discover the range of styles that are
|
|
predefined, this is set to the style number of the last predefined style.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>STYLE_MAX</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>255</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is not a style but is the number of the maximum style that can be set. Styles
|
|
between <code>STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED</code> and <code>STYLE_MAX</code> may be used.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>For each style you can set the font name, size and use of bold, italic and underline,
|
|
foreground and background colour and the character set. You can also choose to hide text with a
|
|
given style, display all characters as upper or lower case and fill from the last character on
|
|
a line to the end of the line (for embedded languages). There is also an experimental attribute
|
|
to make text read-only.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>It is entirely up to you how you use styles. If you want to use syntax colouring you might
|
|
use style 0 for white space, style 1 for numbers, style 2 for keywords, style 3 for strings,
|
|
style 4 for preprocessor, style 5 for operators, and so on.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT">SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLECLEARALL">SCI_STYLECLEARALL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETFONT">SCI_STYLESETFONT(int style, const char
|
|
*fontName)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETFONT">SCI_STYLEGETFONT(int style, char *fontName) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETSIZE">SCI_STYLESETSIZE(int style, int
|
|
sizePoints)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETSIZE">SCI_STYLEGETSIZE(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL">SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL(int style, int
|
|
sizeHundredthPoints)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETSIZEFRACTIONAL">SCI_STYLEGETSIZEFRACTIONAL(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETBOLD">SCI_STYLESETBOLD(int style, bool
|
|
bold)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETBOLD">SCI_STYLEGETBOLD(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETWEIGHT">SCI_STYLESETWEIGHT(int style, int
|
|
weight)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETWEIGHT">SCI_STYLEGETWEIGHT(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETITALIC">SCI_STYLESETITALIC(int style, bool
|
|
italic)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETITALIC">SCI_STYLEGETITALIC(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE">SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE(int style, bool
|
|
underline)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE">SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETFORE">SCI_STYLESETFORE(int style, colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETFORE">SCI_STYLEGETFORE(int style) → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETBACK">SCI_STYLESETBACK(int style, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETBACK">SCI_STYLEGETBACK(int style) → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED">SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED(int style, bool
|
|
eolFilled)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED">SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET">SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET(int style,
|
|
int characterSet)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET">SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETCASE">SCI_STYLESETCASE(int style, int
|
|
caseVisible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETCASE">SCI_STYLEGETCASE(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE">SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE(int style, bool
|
|
visible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE">SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE">SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE(int style, bool
|
|
changeable)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE">SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT">SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT(int style, bool
|
|
hotspot)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT">SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT(int style) → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT">SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT</b><br />
|
|
This message resets <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code> to its state when Scintilla was
|
|
initialised.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLECLEARALL">SCI_STYLECLEARALL</b><br />
|
|
This message sets all styles to have the same attributes as <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code>. If you
|
|
are setting up Scintilla for syntax colouring, it is likely that the lexical styles you set
|
|
will be very similar. One way to set the styles is to:<br />
|
|
1. Set <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code> to the common features of all styles.<br />
|
|
2. Use <code>SCI_STYLECLEARALL</code> to copy this to all styles.<br />
|
|
3. Set the style attributes that make your lexical styles different.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETFONT">SCI_STYLESETFONT(int style, const char *fontName)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETFONT">SCI_STYLEGETFONT(int style, char *fontName NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETSIZE">SCI_STYLESETSIZE(int style, int sizePoints)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETSIZE">SCI_STYLEGETSIZE(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL">SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL(int style, int sizeHundredthPoints)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETSIZEFRACTIONAL">SCI_STYLEGETSIZEFRACTIONAL(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETBOLD">SCI_STYLESETBOLD(int style, bool bold)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETBOLD">SCI_STYLEGETBOLD(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETWEIGHT">SCI_STYLESETWEIGHT(int style, int weight)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETWEIGHT">SCI_STYLEGETWEIGHT(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETITALIC">SCI_STYLESETITALIC(int style, bool italic)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETITALIC">SCI_STYLEGETITALIC(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
These messages (plus <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET"><code>SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET</code></a>) set the font
|
|
attributes that are used to match the fonts you request to those available.</p>
|
|
<p>The
|
|
<code class="parameter">fontName</code> is a zero terminated string holding the name of a font. Under Windows,
|
|
only the first 32 characters of the name are used, the name is decoded as UTF-8, and the name is not case sensitive. For
|
|
internal caching, Scintilla tracks fonts by name and does care about the casing of font names,
|
|
so please be consistent.
|
|
On GTK, Pango is used to display text and the name is sent directly to Pango without transformation.
|
|
On Qt, the name is decoded as UTF-8.
|
|
On Cocoa, the name is decoded as MacRoman.</p>
|
|
<p>Sizes can be set to a whole number of points with <code>SCI_STYLESETSIZE</code>
|
|
or to a fractional point size in hundredths of a point with <code>SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL</code>
|
|
by multiplying the size by 100 (<code>SC_FONT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER</code>).
|
|
For example, a text size of 9.4 points is set with <code>SCI_STYLESETSIZEFRACTIONAL(<style>, 940)</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>The weight or boldness of a font can be set with <code>SCI_STYLESETBOLD</code>
|
|
or <code>SCI_STYLESETWEIGHT</code>. The weight is a number between 1 and 999 with 1 being very light
|
|
and 999 very heavy. While any value can be used, fonts often only support between 2 and 4 weights with three weights
|
|
being common enough to have symbolic names:
|
|
<code>SC_WEIGHT_NORMAL</code> (400),
|
|
<code>SC_WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD</code> (600), and
|
|
<code>SC_WEIGHT_BOLD</code> (700).
|
|
The <code>SCI_STYLESETBOLD</code> message takes a boolean argument with 0 choosing <code>SC_WEIGHT_NORMAL</code>
|
|
and 1 <code>SC_WEIGHT_BOLD</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE">SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE(int style, bool
|
|
underline)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE">SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
You can set a style to be underlined. The underline is drawn in the foreground colour. All
|
|
characters with a style that includes the underline attribute are underlined, even if they are
|
|
white space.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETFORE">SCI_STYLESETFORE(int style, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETFORE">SCI_STYLEGETFORE(int style) → colour</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLESETBACK">SCI_STYLESETBACK(int style, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETBACK">SCI_STYLEGETBACK(int style) → colour</b><br />
|
|
Text is drawn in the foreground colour. The space in each character cell that is not occupied
|
|
by the character is drawn in the background colour.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED">SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED(int style, bool
|
|
eolFilled)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED">SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
If the last character in the line has a style with this attribute set, the remainder of the
|
|
line up to the right edge of the window is filled with the background colour set for the last
|
|
character. This is useful when a document contains embedded sections in another language such
|
|
as HTML pages with embedded JavaScript. By setting <code class="parameter">eolFilled</code> to <code>true</code>
|
|
and a consistent background colour (different from the background colour set for the HTML
|
|
styles) to all JavaScript styles then JavaScript sections will be easily distinguished from
|
|
HTML.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET">SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET(int style, int
|
|
characterSet)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET">SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
You can set a style to use a different character set than the default. The places where such
|
|
characters sets are likely to be useful are comments and literal strings. For example,
|
|
<code>SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET(SCE_C_STRING, SC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN)</code> would ensure that
|
|
strings in Russian would display correctly in C and C++ (<code>SCE_C_STRING</code> is the style
|
|
number used by the C and C++ lexer to display literal strings; it has the value 6). This
|
|
feature works differently on Windows and GTK.<br />
|
|
The default character set is <code>SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT</code>.</p>
|
|
<p><code>SC_CHARSET_ANSI</code> and <code>SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT</code> specify European Windows code page 1252 unless the code page is set.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Character Sets supported"><tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th>Character Set</th>
|
|
<th>Windows</th>
|
|
<th>GTK</th>
|
|
<th>Cocoa</th></tr></tbody>
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_ANSI</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (8859-1)</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_ARABIC</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_BALTIC</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (8859-1)</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (8859-1)</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_GB2312</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_GREEK</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_HANGUL</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_HEBREW</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_JOHAB</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_MAC</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_OEM</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓ (cp1251)</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (koi8-r)</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (cp1251)</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_SYMBOL</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_THAI</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_TURKISH</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE</code></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_OEM866</code></td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓ (cp866)</td>
|
|
<td></td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_CYRILLIC</code></td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓ (cp1251)</td>
|
|
<td>✓ (cp1251)</td></tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARSET_8859_15</code></td>
|
|
<td></td>
|
|
<td>✓</td>
|
|
<td>✓</td></tr>
|
|
</tbody></table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETCASE">SCI_STYLESETCASE(int style, int caseVisible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETCASE">SCI_STYLEGETCASE(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
The value of <code>caseVisible</code> determines how text is displayed. You can set upper case
|
|
(<code>SC_CASE_UPPER</code>, 1) or lower case (<code>SC_CASE_LOWER</code>, 2) or camel case (<code>SC_CASE_CAMEL</code>, 3)
|
|
or display normally (<code>SC_CASE_MIXED</code>, 0). This does not change the stored text, only how it is
|
|
displayed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE">SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE(int style, bool visible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE">SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
Text is normally visible. However, you can completely hide it by giving it a style with the
|
|
<code class="parameter">visible</code> set to 0. This could be used to hide embedded formatting instructions or
|
|
hypertext keywords in HTML or XML.
|
|
Invisible text may not be deleted by user actions but the application may delete invisible text by calling
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_DELETERANGE">SCI_DELETERANGE</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE">SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE(int style, bool
|
|
changeable)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE">SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
This is an experimental and incompletely implemented style attribute. The default setting is
|
|
<code class="parameter">changeable</code> set <code>true</code> but when set <code>false</code> it makes text
|
|
read-only. The user can not move the caret within not-changeable text and not-changeable
|
|
text may not be deleted by the user.
|
|
The application may delete not-changeable text by calling
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_DELETERANGE">SCI_DELETERANGE</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT">SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT(int style, bool
|
|
hotspot)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT">SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT(int style) → bool</b><br />
|
|
This style is used to mark ranges of text that can detect mouse clicks.
|
|
The cursor changes to a hand over hotspots, and the foreground, and background colours
|
|
may change and an underline appear to indicate that these areas are sensitive to clicking.
|
|
This may be used to allow hyperlinks to other documents.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="CaretAndSelectionStyles">Caret, selection, and hotspot styles</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>The selection is shown by changing the foreground and/or background colours. If one of these
|
|
is not set then that attribute is not changed for the selection. The default is to show the
|
|
selection by changing the background to light grey and leaving the foreground the same as when
|
|
it was not selected. When there is no selection, the current insertion point is marked by the
|
|
text caret. This is a vertical line that is normally blinking on and off to attract the users
|
|
attention.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELFORE">SCI_SETSELFORE(bool useSetting, colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELBACK">SCI_SETSELBACK(bool useSetting, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELALPHA">SCI_SETSELALPHA(alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELALPHA">SCI_GETSELALPHA → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED">SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED(bool filled)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED">SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETFORE">SCI_SETCARETFORE(colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETFORE">SCI_GETCARETFORE → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE(bool show)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK">SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK(colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK">SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA">SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA(alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA">SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETLINEFRAME">SCI_SETCARETLINEFRAME(int width)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETLINEFRAME">SCI_GETCARETLINEFRAME → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS">SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS(bool alwaysVisible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS">SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETPERIOD">SCI_SETCARETPERIOD(int periodMilliseconds)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETPERIOD">SCI_GETCARETPERIOD → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETSTYLE">SCI_SETCARETSTYLE(int caretStyle)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETSTYLE">SCI_GETCARETSTYLE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETWIDTH">SCI_SETCARETWIDTH(int pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETWIDTH">SCI_GETCARETWIDTH → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE(bool useSetting, colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK(bool useSetting, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE(bool underline)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE(bool singleLine)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCARETSTICKY">SCI_SETCARETSTICKY(int useCaretStickyBehaviour)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCARETSTICKY">SCI_GETCARETSTICKY → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY">SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSELFORE">SCI_SETSELFORE(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETSELBACK">SCI_SETSELBACK(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
You can choose to override the default selection colouring with these two messages. The colour
|
|
you provide is used if you set <code class="parameter">useSelection*Colour</code> to <code>true</code>. If it is
|
|
set to <code>false</code>, the default styled colouring is used and the
|
|
<code class="parameter">fore</code> or <code class="parameter">back</code>
|
|
argument has no effect.</p>
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSELALPHA">SCI_SETSELALPHA(<a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELALPHA">SCI_GETSELALPHA → int</b><br />
|
|
The selection can be drawn translucently in the selection background colour by
|
|
setting an alpha value.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED">SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED(bool filled)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED">SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED → bool</b><br />
|
|
The selection can be drawn up to the right hand border by setting this property.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETFORE">SCI_SETCARETFORE(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETFORE">SCI_GETCARETFORE → colour</b><br />
|
|
The colour of the caret can be set with <code>SCI_SETCARETFORE</code> and retrieved with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETCARETFORE</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE(bool show)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK">SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK">SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK → colour</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA">SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA(<a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA">SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETCARETLINEFRAME">SCI_SETCARETLINEFRAME(int width)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETLINEFRAME">SCI_GETCARETLINEFRAME → int</b><br />
|
|
You can choose to make the background colour of the line containing the caret different with
|
|
these messages. To do this, set the desired background colour with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK</code>, then use <code>SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE(true)</code> to
|
|
enable the effect. You can cancel the effect with <code>SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE(false)</code>.
|
|
The two <code>SCI_GETCARET*</code> functions return the state and the colour. This form of
|
|
background colouring has highest priority when a line has markers that would otherwise change
|
|
the background colour.
|
|
The caret line may also be drawn translucently which allows other background colours to show
|
|
through. This is done by setting the alpha (translucency) value by calling
|
|
SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA. When the alpha is not SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA,
|
|
the caret line is drawn after all other features so will affect the colour of all other features.
|
|
Alternatively <code>SCI_SETCARETLINEFRAME</code> can be used to display the caret line framed
|
|
instead of filling the whole background. Set width != 0 to enable this option and width = 0 to disable it.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS">SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS(bool alwaysVisible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS">SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS → bool</b><br />
|
|
Choose to make the caret line always visible even when the window is not in focus.
|
|
Default behaviour <code>SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLEALWAYS(false)</code> the caret line is only visible when the window is in focus.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETPERIOD">SCI_SETCARETPERIOD(int periodMilliseconds)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETPERIOD">SCI_GETCARETPERIOD → int</b><br />
|
|
The rate at which the caret blinks can be set with <code>SCI_SETCARETPERIOD</code> which
|
|
determines the time in milliseconds that the caret is visible or invisible before changing
|
|
state. Setting the period to 0 stops the caret blinking. The default value is 500 milliseconds.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETCARETPERIOD</code> returns the current setting.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETSTYLE">SCI_SETCARETSTYLE(int caretStyle)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETSTYLE">SCI_GETCARETSTYLE → int</b><br />
|
|
The style of the caret can be set with <code>SCI_SETCARETSTYLE</code> to be a line caret
|
|
(CARETSTYLE_LINE=1) or a block caret (CARETSTYLE_BLOCK=2) for insert mode (lower 4-bits, CARETSTYLE_INS_MASK) combined with
|
|
a bar caret (CARETSTYLE_OVERSTRIKE_BAR=0) or a block caret (CARETSTYLE_OVERSTRIKE_BLOCK=16) for overtype mode (bit 4),
|
|
or to not draw at all (CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE=0). The default value for insert mode is the line caret (CARETSTYLE_LINE=1),
|
|
for overtype mode is the bar caret (CARETSTYLE_OVERSTRIKE_BAR=0).
|
|
You can determine the current caret style setting using <code>SCI_GETCARETSTYLE</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When the caret end of a range is at the end and a block caret style is chosen, the block is
|
|
drawn just inside the selection instead of after.
|
|
This can be switched with an option (CARETSTYLE_BLOCK_AFTER=256).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The block caret draws most combining and multibyte character sequences successfully,
|
|
though some fonts like Thai Fonts (and possibly others) can sometimes appear strange when
|
|
the cursor is positioned at these characters, which may result in only drawing a part of the
|
|
cursor character sequence. This is most notable on Windows platforms.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETWIDTH">SCI_SETCARETWIDTH(int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETWIDTH">SCI_GETCARETWIDTH → int</b><br />
|
|
The width of the line caret can be set with <code>SCI_SETCARETWIDTH</code> to a value of
|
|
0, 1, 2 or 3 pixels. The default width is 1 pixel. You can read back the current width with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETCARETWIDTH</code>. A width of 0 makes the caret invisible (added at version
|
|
1.50), similar to setting the caret style to CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE (though not interchangeable).
|
|
This setting only affects the width of the cursor when the cursor style is set to line caret
|
|
mode, it does not affect the width for a block caret.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE → colour</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK(bool useSetting,
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK → colour</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE(bool underline)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE">SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE(bool singleLine)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE">SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE → bool</b><br />
|
|
While the cursor hovers over text in a style with the hotspot attribute set,
|
|
the default colouring can be modified and an underline drawn with these settings.
|
|
Single line mode stops a hotspot from wrapping onto next line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCARETSTICKY">SCI_SETCARETSTICKY(int useCaretStickyBehaviour)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCARETSTICKY">SCI_GETCARETSTICKY → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY">SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY</b><br />
|
|
These messages set, get or toggle the caretSticky setting which controls when the last position
|
|
of the caret on the line is saved.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When set to <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_OFF</code> (0), the sticky flag is off; all text changes
|
|
(and all caret position changes) will remember the
|
|
caret's new horizontal position when moving to different lines. This is the default.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When set to <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_ON</code> (1), the sticky flag is on, and the only thing which will cause the editor to remember the
|
|
horizontal caret position is moving the caret with mouse or keyboard (left/right arrow keys, home/end keys, etc). </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When set to <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_WHITESPACE</code> (2), the caret acts like mode 0 (sticky off) except under one
|
|
special case; when space or tab characters are inserted. (Including pasting <b>only space/tabs</b> -- undo, redo,
|
|
etc. do not exhibit this behaviour..).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY</code> switches from <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_ON</code> and <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_WHITESPACE</code>
|
|
to <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_OFF</code> and from <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_OFF</code> to <code>SC_CARETSTICKY_ON</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="CharacterRepresentations">Character representations</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Some characters, such as control characters and invalid bytes, do not have a visual glyph or use a glyph that is hard to distinguish.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Control characters (characters with codes less than 32, or between 128 and 159 in some encodings)
|
|
are displayed by Scintilla using their mnemonics inverted in a rounded rectangle. These mnemonics come from the
|
|
early days of signalling, though some are still used (LF = Line Feed, BS = Back Space, CR =
|
|
Carriage Return, for example).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For the low 'C0' values: "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX", "EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL",
|
|
"BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO", "SI", "DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK",
|
|
"SYN", "ETB", "CAN", "EM", "SUB", "ESC", "FS", "GS", "RS", "US".</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For the high 'C1' values:
|
|
"PAD", "HOP", "BPH", "NBH", "IND", "NEL", "SSA", "ESA",
|
|
"HTS", "HTJ", "VTS", "PLD", "PLU", "RI", "SS2", "SS3",
|
|
"DCS", "PU1", "PU2", "STS", "CCH", "MW", "SPA", "EPA",
|
|
"SOS", "SGCI", "SCI", "CSI", "ST", "OSC", "PM", "APC".</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Invalid bytes are shown in a similar way with an 'x' followed by their value in hexadecimal, like "xFE".</p>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETREPRESENTATION">SCI_SETREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter, const char *representation)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETREPRESENTATION">SCI_GETREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter, char *representation) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARREPRESENTATION">SCI_CLEARREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL">SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL(int symbol)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL">SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETREPRESENTATION">SCI_SETREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter, const char *representation)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETREPRESENTATION">SCI_GETREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter, char *representation NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CLEARREPRESENTATION">SCI_CLEARREPRESENTATION(const char *encodedCharacter)</b><br />
|
|
Any character, including those normally displayed as mnemonics may be represented by a
|
|
string inverted in a rounded rectangle.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For example, the Ohm sign Ω U+2126 looks very similar to the Greek Omega character Ω U+03C9 so,
|
|
for the UTF-8 encoding, to distinguish the Ohm sign as "U+2126 Ω" this call could be made:
|
|
<code>SCI_SETREPRESENTATION("\xe2\x84\xa6", "U+2126 \xe2\x84\xa6")</code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The encodedCharacter parameter is a NUL-terminated string of the bytes for one character in the
|
|
current encoding. This can not be used to set a representation for multiple-character strings. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The NUL (0) character is a special case since the encodedCharacter parameter is NUL terminated, the NUL
|
|
character is specified as an empty string.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL">SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL(int symbol)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL">SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL → int</b><br />
|
|
The mnemonics may be replaced by a nominated symbol with an ASCII code in the
|
|
range 32 to 255. If you set a symbol value less than 32, all control characters are displayed
|
|
as mnemonics. The symbol you set is rendered in the font of the style set for the character.
|
|
You can read back the current symbol with the <code>SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL</code> message.
|
|
The default symbol value is 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Margins">Margins</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>There may be multiple margins to the left of the text display plus a gap either side of the text.
|
|
5 margins are allocated initially numbered from 0 to <code>SC_MAX_MARGIN</code> (4)
|
|
but this may be changed by calling
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINS"><code>SCI_SETMARGINS</code></a>.
|
|
Each margin can be set to display only symbols, line numbers, or text with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN"><code>SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN</code></a>.
|
|
Textual margins may also display symbols.
|
|
The markers
|
|
that can be displayed in each margin are set with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETMARGINMASKN"><code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN</code></a>. Any markers not associated with
|
|
a visible margin will be displayed as changes in background colour in the text. A width in
|
|
pixels can be set for each margin. Margins with a zero width are ignored completely. You can
|
|
choose if a mouse click in a margin sends a <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MARGINCLICK"><code>SCN_MARGINCLICK</code></a> or <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK"><code>SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK</code></a> notification to the container or
|
|
selects a line of text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Using a margin number outside the valid range has no
|
|
effect. By default, margin 0 is set to display line numbers, but is given a width of 0, so it
|
|
is hidden. Margin 1 is set to display non-folding symbols and is given a width of 16 pixels, so
|
|
it is visible. Margin 2 is set to display the folding symbols, but is given a width of 0, so it
|
|
is hidden. Of course, you can set the margins to be whatever you wish.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Styled text margins used to show revision and blame information:</p>
|
|
<p><img src="styledmargin.png" alt="Styled text margins used to show revision and blame information" /></p>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINS">SCI_SETMARGINS(int margins)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINS">SCI_GETMARGINS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN">SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN(int margin, int marginType)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN">SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN(int margin) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN">SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN(int margin, int
|
|
pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN">SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN(int margin) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINMASKN">SCI_SETMARGINMASKN(int margin, int
|
|
mask)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINMASKN">SCI_GETMARGINMASKN(int margin) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN">SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN(int margin, bool
|
|
sensitive)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN">SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN(int margin) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN">SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN(int margin, int
|
|
cursor)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINCURSORN">SCI_GETMARGINCURSORN(int margin) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINBACKN">SCI_SETMARGINBACKN(int margin, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINBACKN">SCI_GETMARGINBACKN(int margin) → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINLEFT">SCI_SETMARGINLEFT(<unused>, int
|
|
pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINLEFT">SCI_GETMARGINLEFT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT">SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT(<unused>, int
|
|
pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT">SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR">SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR(bool useSetting, colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR">SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR(bool useSetting, colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINSETTEXT">SCI_MARGINSETTEXT(line line, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINGETTEXT">SCI_MARGINGETTEXT(line line, char *text) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE(line line, int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES(line line, const char *styles)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES(line line, char *styles) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL">SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET(int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMARGINOPTIONS">SCI_SETMARGINOPTIONS(int marginOptions)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMARGINOPTIONS">SCI_GETMARGINOPTIONS → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINS">SCI_SETMARGINS(int margins)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINS">SCI_GETMARGINS → int</b><br />
|
|
Allocate the number of margins or find the number of margins currently allocated.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN">SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN(int margin, int marginType)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN">SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN(int margin) → int</b><br />
|
|
These two routines set and get the type of a margin. The margin argument should be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
|
|
You can use the predefined constants <code>SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL</code> (0) and
|
|
<code>SC_MARGIN_NUMBER</code> (1) to set a margin as either a line number or a symbol margin.
|
|
A margin with application defined text may use <code>SC_MARGIN_TEXT</code> (4) or
|
|
<code>SC_MARGIN_RTEXT</code> (5) to right justify the text.
|
|
By convention, margin 0 is used for line numbers and the next two are used for symbols. You can
|
|
also use the constants <code>SC_MARGIN_BACK</code> (2), <code>SC_MARGIN_FORE</code> (3),
|
|
and <code>SC_MARGIN_COLOUR</code> (6) for
|
|
symbol margins that set their background colour to match the STYLE_DEFAULT background and
|
|
foreground colours or a specified colour.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN">SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN(int margin, int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN">SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN(int margin) → int</b><br />
|
|
These routines set and get the width of a margin in pixels. A margin with zero width is
|
|
invisible. By default, Scintilla sets margin 1 for symbols with a width of 16 pixels, so this
|
|
is a reasonable guess if you are not sure what would be appropriate. Line number margins widths
|
|
should take into account the number of lines in the document and the line number style. You
|
|
could use something like <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_TEXTWIDTH"><code>SCI_TEXTWIDTH(STYLE_LINENUMBER, "_99999")</code></a> to get a
|
|
suitable width.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINMASKN">SCI_SETMARGINMASKN(int margin, int mask)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINMASKN">SCI_GETMARGINMASKN(int margin) → int</b><br />
|
|
The mask is a 32-bit value. Each bit corresponds to one of 32 logical symbols that can be
|
|
displayed in a margin that is enabled for symbols. There is a useful constant,
|
|
<code>SC_MASK_FOLDERS</code> (0xFE000000 or -33554432), that is a mask for the 7 logical
|
|
symbols used to denote folding. You can assign a wide range of symbols and colours to each of
|
|
the 32 logical symbols, see <a href="#Markers">Markers</a> for more information. If <code>(mask
|
|
& SC_MASK_FOLDERS)==0</code>, the margin background colour is controlled by style 33 (<a
|
|
class="message" href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_LINENUMBER</code></a>).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>You add logical markers to a line with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_MARKERADD"><code>SCI_MARKERADD</code></a>. If a line has an associated marker that
|
|
does not appear in the mask of any margin with a non-zero width, the marker changes the
|
|
background colour of the line. For example, suppose you decide to use logical marker 10 to mark
|
|
lines with a syntax error and you want to show such lines by changing the background colour.
|
|
The mask for this marker is 1 shifted left 10 times (1<<10) which is 0x400. If you make
|
|
sure that no symbol margin includes 0x400 in its mask, any line with the marker gets the
|
|
background colour changed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>To set a non-folding margin 1 use <code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN(1, ~SC_MASK_FOLDERS)</code>
|
|
which is the default set by Scintilla.
|
|
To set a folding margin 2 use <code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN(2, SC_MASK_FOLDERS)</code>.
|
|
<code>~SC_MASK_FOLDERS</code> is 0x1FFFFFF in hexadecimal or 33554431
|
|
decimal. Of course, you may need to display all 32 symbols in a margin, in which case use
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN(margin, -1)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN">SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN(int margin, bool
|
|
sensitive)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN">SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN(int margin) → bool</b><br />
|
|
Each of the five margins can be set sensitive or insensitive to mouse clicks. A click in a
|
|
sensitive margin sends a <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MARGINCLICK"><code>SCN_MARGINCLICK</code></a> or <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK"><code>SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK</code></a> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification</a> to the container. Margins that are not sensitive act as
|
|
selection margins which make it easy to select ranges of lines. By default, all margins are
|
|
insensitive.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN">SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN(int margin, int
|
|
cursor)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINCURSORN">SCI_GETMARGINCURSORN(int margin) → int</b><br />
|
|
A reversed arrow cursor is normally shown over all margins. This may be changed to a normal arrow with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN(margin, SC_CURSORARROW)</code> or restored to a
|
|
reversed arrow with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMARGINCURSORN(margin, SC_CURSORREVERSEARROW)</code>.</p>
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINBACKN">SCI_SETMARGINBACKN(int margin, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINBACKN">SCI_GETMARGINBACKN(int margin) → colour</b><br />
|
|
A margin of type <code>SC_MARGIN_COLOUR</code>
|
|
may have its colour set with <code>SCI_SETMARGINBACKN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMARGINLEFT">SCI_SETMARGINLEFT(<unused>, int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINLEFT">SCI_GETMARGINLEFT → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT">SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT(<unused>, int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT">SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the width of the blank margin on both sides of the text in pixels.
|
|
The default is to one pixel on each side.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR">SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR">SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR(bool useSetting, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
These messages allow changing the colour of the fold margin and fold margin highlight.
|
|
On Windows the fold margin colour defaults to ::GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE) and the fold margin highlight
|
|
colour to ::GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINSETTEXT">SCI_MARGINSETTEXT(line line, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINGETTEXT">SCI_MARGINGETTEXT(line line, char *text) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE(line line, int style)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES(line line, const char *styles)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES(line line, char *styles) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL">SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL</b><br />
|
|
Text margins are created with the type SC_MARGIN_TEXT or SC_MARGIN_RTEXT.
|
|
A different string may be set for each line with <code>SCI_MARGINSETTEXT</code>.
|
|
The whole of the text margin on a line may be displayed in a particular style with
|
|
<code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE</code> or each character may be individually styled with
|
|
<code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES</code> which uses an array of bytes with each byte setting the style
|
|
of the corresponding text byte similar to <code>SCI_SETSTYLINGEX</code>.
|
|
Setting a text margin will cause a
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN</code></a>
|
|
notification to be sent.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Only some style attributes are active in text margins: font, size/sizeFractional, bold/weight, italics, fore, back, and characterSet.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET(int style)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET → int</b><br />
|
|
Margin styles may be completely separated from standard text styles by setting a style offset. For example,
|
|
<code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET(256)</code> would allow the margin styles to be numbered from
|
|
256 up to 511 so they do not overlap styles set by lexers. Each style number set with <code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE</code>
|
|
or <code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES</code> has the offset added before looking up the style.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Always call <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES</a>
|
|
before <code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET</code> and use the result as the argument to <code>SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETMARGINOPTIONS">SCI_SETMARGINOPTIONS(int marginOptions)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMARGINOPTIONS">SCI_GETMARGINOPTIONS → int</b><br />
|
|
Define margin options by enabling appropriate bit flags. At the moment, only one flag is available
|
|
<code>SC_MARGINOPTION_SUBLINESELECT</code>=1, which controls how wrapped lines are selected when clicking
|
|
on margin in front of them. If <code>SC_MARGINOPTION_SUBLINESELECT</code> is set only sub line of wrapped
|
|
line is selected, otherwise whole wrapped line is selected. Margin options are set to
|
|
<code>SC_MARGINOPTION_NONE</code>=0 by default.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Annotations">Annotations</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Annotations are read-only lines of text underneath each line of editable text.
|
|
An annotation may consist of multiple lines separated by '\n'.
|
|
Annotations can be used to display an assembler version of code for debugging or to show diagnostic messages inline or to
|
|
line up different versions of text in a merge tool.</p>
|
|
<p>Annotations count as display lines for the methods
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE"><code>SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE</code></a> and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE"><code>SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE</code></a></p>
|
|
<p>Annotations used for inline diagnostics:</p>
|
|
<p><img src="annotations.png" alt="Annotations used for inline diagnostics" /></p>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT(line line, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT(line line, char *text) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE(line line, int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES(line line, const char *styles)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES(line line, char *styles) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL">SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE(int visible)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET(int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT(line line, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT(line line, char *text) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE(line line, int style)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES(line line, const char *styles)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES(line line, char *styles) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL">SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL</b><br />
|
|
A different string may be set for each line with <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT</code>.
|
|
To clear annotations call <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT</code> with a NULL pointer.
|
|
The whole of the text ANNOTATION on a line may be displayed in a particular style with
|
|
<code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE</code> or each character may be individually styled with
|
|
<code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES</code> which uses an array of bytes with each byte setting the style
|
|
of the corresponding text byte similar to <code>SCI_SETSTYLINGEX</code>. The text must be set first as it
|
|
specifies how long the annotation is so how many bytes of styling to read.
|
|
Setting an annotation will cause a
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION</code></a>
|
|
notification to be sent.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
The number of lines annotating a line can be retrieved with <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES</code>.
|
|
All the lines can be cleared of annotations with <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL</code>
|
|
which is equivalent to clearing each line (setting to 0) and then deleting other memory used for this feature.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Only some style attributes are active in annotations: font, size/sizeFractional, bold/weight, italics, fore, back, and characterSet.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE(int visible)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE → int</b><br />
|
|
Annotations can be made visible in a view and there is a choice of display style when visible.
|
|
The two messages set and get the annotation display mode. The <code class="parameter">visible</code>
|
|
argument can be one of:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Annotation visibility">
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>ANNOTATION_HIDDEN</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Annotations are not displayed.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>ANNOTATION_STANDARD</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Annotations are drawn left justified with no adornment.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>ANNOTATION_BOXED</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Annotations are indented to match the text and are surrounded by a box.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>ANNOTATION_INDENTED</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td>3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Annotations are indented to match the text.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET(int style)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET">SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET → int</b><br />
|
|
Annotation styles may be completely separated from standard text styles by setting a style offset. For example,
|
|
<code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET(512)</code> would allow the annotation styles to be numbered from
|
|
512 up to 767 so they do not overlap styles set by lexers (or margins if margins offset is 256).
|
|
Each style number set with <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE</code>
|
|
or <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES</code> has the offset added before looking up the style.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Always call <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATEEXTENDEDSTYLES</a>
|
|
before <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET</code> and use the result as the argument to <code>SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="OtherSettings">Other settings</h2>
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW">SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW(bool buffered)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW">SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPHASESDRAW">SCI_SETPHASESDRAW(int phases)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPHASESDRAW">SCI_GETPHASESDRAW → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTECHNOLOGY">SCI_SETTECHNOLOGY(int technology)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTECHNOLOGY">SCI_GETTECHNOLOGY → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFONTQUALITY">SCI_SETFONTQUALITY(int fontQuality)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFONTQUALITY">SCI_GETFONTQUALITY → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCODEPAGE">SCI_SETCODEPAGE(int codePage)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCODEPAGE">SCI_GETCODEPAGE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION">SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION(int imeInteraction)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETIMEINTERACTION">SCI_GETIMEINTERACTION → int</a><br />
|
|
<div class="provisional">
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL"><span class="provisional">SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL(int bidirectional)</span></a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETBIDIRECTIONAL">SCI_GETBIDIRECTIONAL → int</a><br />
|
|
</div>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GRABFOCUS">SCI_GRABFOCUS</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOCUS">SCI_SETFOCUS(bool focus)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFOCUS">SCI_GETFOCUS → bool</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>To forward a message <code>(WM_XXXX, WPARAM, LPARAM)</code> to Scintilla, you can use
|
|
<code>SendMessage(hScintilla, WM_XXXX, WPARAM, LPARAM)</code> where <code>hScintilla</code> is
|
|
the handle to the Scintilla window you created as your editor.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>While we are on the subject of forwarding messages in Windows, the top level window should
|
|
forward any <code>WM_SETTINGCHANGE</code> messages to Scintilla (this is currently used to
|
|
collect changes to mouse settings, but could be used for other user interface items in the
|
|
future).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW">SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW(bool buffered)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW">SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW → bool</b><br />
|
|
These messages turn buffered drawing on or off and report the buffered drawing state. Buffered
|
|
drawing draws each line into a bitmap rather than directly to the screen and then copies the
|
|
bitmap to the screen. This avoids flickering although it does take longer. The default is for
|
|
drawing to be buffered on Win32 and GTK and to not be buffered on Cocoa and Qt.
|
|
Buffered drawing is not supported on Cocoa.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Current platforms perform window buffering so it is almost always better for this option to be turned off.
|
|
For Win32 and GTK, client code should turn off buffering at initialisation.
|
|
There are some older platforms and unusual modes where buffering may still be useful.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPHASESDRAW">SCI_SETPHASESDRAW(int phases)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPHASESDRAW">SCI_GETPHASESDRAW → int</b><br />
|
|
There are several orders in which the text area may be drawn offering a trade-off between speed
|
|
and allowing all pixels of text to be seen even when they overlap other elements.</p>
|
|
<p>In single phase drawing (<code class="deprecated">SC_PHASES_ONE</code>) each
|
|
run of characters in one style is drawn along with its background.
|
|
If a character overhangs the end of a run, such as in "<i>V</i>_" where the
|
|
"<i>V</i>" is in a different style from the "_", then this can cause the right hand
|
|
side of the "<i>V</i>" to be overdrawn by the background of the "_" which
|
|
cuts it off.</p>
|
|
<p>
|
|
Single phase drawing is deprecated and should not be used by applications.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>Two phase drawing (<code>SC_PHASES_TWO</code>)
|
|
fixes this by drawing all the backgrounds of a line first and then drawing the text
|
|
in transparent mode. Lines are drawn separately and no line will overlap another
|
|
so any pixels that overlap into another line such as extreme ascenders and
|
|
descenders on characters will be cut off.
|
|
Two phase drawing may flicker more than single phase
|
|
unless buffered drawing is on or the platform is naturally buffered.
|
|
The default is for drawing to be two phase.</p>
|
|
<p>Multiple phase drawing (<code>SC_PHASES_MULTIPLE</code>)
|
|
draws the whole area multiple times, once for each feature, building up the
|
|
the appearance in layers or phases. The coloured backgrounds for all lines are
|
|
drawn before any text and then all the text is drawn in transparent mode over this
|
|
combined background without clipping text to the line boundaries. This allows
|
|
extreme ascenders and descenders to overflow into the adjacent lines.
|
|
This mode is incompatible with buffered drawing and will act as <code>SC_PHASES_TWO</code>
|
|
if buffered drawing is turned on.
|
|
Multiple phase drawing is slower than two phase drawing.
|
|
Setting the layout cache with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE"><code>
|
|
SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE(SC_CACHE_PAGE)</code></a>
|
|
or higher can ensure that multiple phase drawing is not significantly slower.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTECHNOLOGY">SCI_SETTECHNOLOGY(int technology)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTECHNOLOGY">SCI_GETTECHNOLOGY → int</b><br />
|
|
The technology property allows choosing between different drawing APIs and options.
|
|
On most platforms, the only choice is <code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT</code> (0).
|
|
On Windows Vista or later, <code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE</code> (1),
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITERETAIN</code> (2), or
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITEDC</code> (3)
|
|
can be chosen to use the Direct2D and DirectWrite APIs for higher quality antialiased drawing.
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITERETAIN</code> differs from
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE</code> by requesting that the frame
|
|
is retained after being presented which may prevent drawing failures on some cards and drivers.
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITEDC</code> differs from
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE</code> by using DirectWrite to draw into a GDI DC.
|
|
Since Direct2D buffers drawing, Scintilla's buffering can be turned off with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW(0)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFONTQUALITY">SCI_SETFONTQUALITY(int fontQuality)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETFONTQUALITY">SCI_GETFONTQUALITY → int</b><br />
|
|
Manage font quality (antialiasing method). Currently, the following values are available on Windows:
|
|
<code>SC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT</code> (backward compatible),
|
|
<code>SC_EFF_QUALITY_NON_ANTIALIASED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_EFF_QUALITY_ANTIALIASED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_EFF_QUALITY_LCD_OPTIMIZED</code>.</p>
|
|
<p>In case it is necessary to squeeze more options into this property, only a limited number of bits defined
|
|
by SC_EFF_QUALITY_MASK (0xf) will be used for quality.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCODEPAGE">SCI_SETCODEPAGE(int codePage)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCODEPAGE">SCI_GETCODEPAGE → int</b><br />
|
|
Scintilla supports UTF-8, Japanese, Chinese and Korean DBCS along with single byte encodings like Latin-1.
|
|
UTF-8 (<code>SC_CP_UTF8</code>) is the default. Use this message with
|
|
<code class="parameter">codePage</code> set to the code page number to set Scintilla to use code page information
|
|
to ensure multiple byte characters are treated as one character rather than multiple. This also stops
|
|
the caret from moving between the bytes in a multi-byte character.
|
|
Do not use this message to choose between different single byte character sets - use
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET">SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET</a>.
|
|
Call with
|
|
<code class="parameter">codePage</code> set to zero to disable multi-byte support.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Code page <code>SC_CP_UTF8</code> (65001) sets Scintilla into Unicode mode with the document
|
|
treated as a sequence of characters expressed in UTF-8. The text is converted to the platform's
|
|
normal Unicode encoding before being drawn by the OS and thus can display Hebrew, Arabic,
|
|
Cyrillic, and Han characters. Languages which can use two characters stacked vertically in one
|
|
horizontal space, such as Thai, will mostly work but there are some issues where the characters
|
|
are drawn separately leading to visual glitches. Bi-directional text is not supported. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Code page can be set to 65001 (UTF-8), 932 (Japanese Shift-JIS), 936 (Simplified Chinese GBK),
|
|
949 (Korean Unified Hangul Code), 950 (Traditional Chinese Big5), or 1361 (Korean Johab).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION">SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION(int imeInteraction)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETIMEINTERACTION">SCI_GETIMEINTERACTION → int</b><br />
|
|
When entering text in Chinese, Japanese, or Korean an Input Method Editor (IME) may be displayed.
|
|
The IME may be an extra window appearing above Scintilla or may be displayed by Scintilla itself
|
|
as text. On some platforms there is a choice between the two techniques.
|
|
A windowed IME <code>SC_IME_WINDOWED</code> (0) may be more similar in appearance and
|
|
behaviour to the IME in other applications.
|
|
An inline IME <code>SC_IME_INLINE</code> (1) may work better with some Scintilla features such as
|
|
rectangular and multiple selection.</p>
|
|
<p>The windowed behaviour can be chosen with <code>SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION(SC_IME_WINDOWED)</code>
|
|
and the inline behaviour with <code>SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION(SC_IME_INLINE)</code>.
|
|
Scintilla may ignore this call in some cases. For example, the inline behaviour might only be supported for some languages.</p>
|
|
<p>When the inline IME mode is active, characters are added tentatively before being finalised and an
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_CHARADDED">SCN_CHARADDED</a>
|
|
notification (with <code class="parameter">characterSource</code> set to <code>SC_CHARACTERSOURCE_TENTATIVE_INPUT</code>) is sent for each character.</p>
|
|
|
|
<div class="provisional">
|
|
<a href="#ProvisionalMessages">These bidirectional features are experimental and incomplete.</a><br />
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL">SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL(int bidirectional)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETBIDIRECTIONAL">SCI_GETBIDIRECTIONAL → int</b><br />
|
|
Some languages, like Arabic and Hebrew, are written from right to left instead of from left to right as English is.
|
|
Documents that use multiple languages may contain both directions and this is termed "bidirectional".
|
|
The default text direction may be right to left or left to right.
|
|
Scintilla only correctly displays bidirectional text on some platforms.
|
|
Currently, there is experimental support for bidirectional text on Win32 using DirectWrite and on macOS using Cocoa.
|
|
Only UTF-8 documents will show bidirectional behaviour and only in <code>SC_BIDIRECTIONAL_L2R</code> mode.
|
|
Some features, such as virtual space may not work with
|
|
bidirectional text or may work only in some circumstances.</p>
|
|
<p>There are additional processing and storage costs to bidirectional text.
|
|
As some applications may not want to pay the costs, bidirectional support must be explicitly enabled by calling
|
|
<code>SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL(SC_BIDIRECTIONAL_L2R)</code> (1) which chooses left to right as the default direction or
|
|
<code>SCI_SETBIDIRECTIONAL(SC_BIDIRECTIONAL_R2L)</code> (2) for default right to left.
|
|
On Win32, this should be done after setting the technology to <code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITERETAIN</code>, or
|
|
<code>SC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITEDC</code>.</p>
|
|
<p>If the call succeeded <code>SCI_GETBIDIRECTIONAL</code> will return the same value otherwise
|
|
<code>SC_BIDIRECTIONAL_DISABLED</code> (0) is returned.
|
|
</p>
|
|
</div>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GRABFOCUS">SCI_GRABFOCUS</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETFOCUS">SCI_SETFOCUS(bool focus)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETFOCUS">SCI_GETFOCUS → bool</b><br />
|
|
Scintilla can be told to grab the focus with <code>SCI_GRABFOCUS</code>.
|
|
This is needed more on GTK where focus handling is more complicated than on Windows.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The internal focus flag can be set with <code>SCI_SETFOCUS</code>. This is used by clients
|
|
that have complex focus requirements such as having their own window that gets the real focus
|
|
but with the need to indicate that Scintilla has the logical focus.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="BraceHighlighting">Brace highlighting</h2>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT">SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT(position posA, position
|
|
posB)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT">SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT(position pos)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHTINDICATOR">SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHTINDICATOR(bool useSetting, int indicator)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_BRACEBADLIGHTINDICATOR">SCI_BRACEBADLIGHTINDICATOR(bool useSetting, int indicator)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_BRACEMATCH">SCI_BRACEMATCH(position pos, int maxReStyle) → position</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT">SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT(position posA, position posB)</b><br />
|
|
Up to two characters can be highlighted in a 'brace highlighting style', which is defined as
|
|
style number <a class="message" href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_BRACELIGHT</code></a> (34).
|
|
If you have enabled indent guides, you may also wish to highlight the indent that corresponds
|
|
with the brace. You can locate the column with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETCOLUMN"><code>SCI_GETCOLUMN</code></a> and highlight the indent with <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE"><code>SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT">SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT(position pos)</b><br />
|
|
If there is no matching brace then the <a class="jump" href="#StyleDefinition">brace
|
|
badlighting style</a>, style <code>STYLE_BRACEBAD</code> (35), can be used to show the brace
|
|
that is unmatched. Using a position of <code>INVALID_POSITION</code> (-1) removes the
|
|
highlight.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHTINDICATOR">SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHTINDICATOR(bool useSetting, int indicator)</b><br />
|
|
Use specified indicator to highlight matching braces instead of changing their style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BRACEBADLIGHTINDICATOR">SCI_BRACEBADLIGHTINDICATOR(bool useSetting, int indicator)</b><br />
|
|
Use specified indicator to highlight non matching brace instead of changing its style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_BRACEMATCH">SCI_BRACEMATCH(position pos, int maxReStyle) → position</b><br />
|
|
The <code>SCI_BRACEMATCH</code> message finds a corresponding matching brace given
|
|
<code class="parameter">pos</code>, the position of one brace. The brace characters handled are '(', ')', '[',
|
|
']', '{', '}', '<', and '>'. The search is forwards from an opening brace and backwards
|
|
from a closing brace. If the character at position is not a brace character, or a matching
|
|
brace cannot be found, the return value is -1. Otherwise, the return value is the position of
|
|
the matching brace.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>A match only occurs if the style of the matching brace is the same as the starting brace or
|
|
the matching brace is beyond the end of styling. Nested braces are handled correctly. The
|
|
<code class="parameter">maxReStyle</code> parameter must currently be 0 - it may be used in the future to limit
|
|
the length of brace searches.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="TabsAndIndentationGuides">Tabs and Indentation Guides</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Indentation (the white space at the start of a line) is often used by programmers to clarify
|
|
program structure and in some languages, for example Python, it may be part of the language
|
|
syntax. Tabs are normally used in editors to insert a tab character or to pad text with spaces
|
|
up to the next tab.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When Scintilla is laying out a section of text, text after a tab character will usually be
|
|
displayed at the next multiple of TABWIDTH columns from the left. However, it is also possible
|
|
to explicitly set tabstops in pixels for each line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla can be set to treat tab and backspace in the white space at the start of a line in
|
|
a special way: inserting a tab indents the line to the next indent position rather than just
|
|
inserting a tab at the current character position and backspace unindents the line rather than
|
|
deleting a character. Scintilla can also display indentation guides (vertical lines) to help
|
|
you to generate code.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTABWIDTH">SCI_SETTABWIDTH(int tabWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTABWIDTH">SCI_GETTABWIDTH → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS">SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS(line line)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDTABSTOP">SCI_ADDTABSTOP(line line, int x)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETNEXTTABSTOP">SCI_GETNEXTTABSTOP(line line, int x) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETUSETABS">SCI_SETUSETABS(bool useTabs)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETUSETABS">SCI_GETUSETABS → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETINDENT">SCI_SETINDENT(int indentSize)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETINDENT">SCI_GETINDENT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTABINDENTS">SCI_SETTABINDENTS(bool tabIndents)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTABINDENTS">SCI_GETTABINDENTS → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS">SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS(bool
|
|
bsUnIndents)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS">SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION">SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION(line line, int
|
|
indentation)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION">SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION">SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION(line line) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES">SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES(int indentView)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES">SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE">SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE(position column)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE">SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE → position</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTABWIDTH">SCI_SETTABWIDTH(int tabWidth)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTABWIDTH">SCI_GETTABWIDTH → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETTABWIDTH</code> sets the size of a tab as a multiple of the size of a space
|
|
character in <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code>. The default tab width is 8 characters. There are no
|
|
limits on tab sizes, but values less than 1 or large values may have undesirable effects.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS">SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS(line line)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ADDTABSTOP">SCI_ADDTABSTOP(line line, int x)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETNEXTTABSTOP">SCI_GETNEXTTABSTOP(line line, int x) → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS</code> clears explicit tabstops on a line. <code>SCI_ADDTABSTOP</code>
|
|
adds an explicit tabstop at the specified distance from the left (in pixels), and
|
|
<code>SCI_GETNEXTTABSTOP</code> gets the next explicit tabstop position set after the given x position,
|
|
or zero if there aren't any.
|
|
Changing tab stops produces a <a class="message" href="#SC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS">SC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS</a> notification.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETUSETABS">SCI_SETUSETABS(bool useTabs)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETUSETABS">SCI_GETUSETABS → bool</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETUSETABS</code> determines whether indentation should be created out of a mixture
|
|
of tabs and spaces or be based purely on spaces. Set <code class="parameter">useTabs</code> to <code>false</code>
|
|
(0) to create all tabs and indents out of spaces. The default is <code>true</code>. You can use
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCOLUMN"><code>SCI_GETCOLUMN</code></a> to get the column of a
|
|
position taking the width of a tab into account.</p>
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETINDENT">SCI_SETINDENT(int indentSize)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETINDENT">SCI_GETINDENT → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETINDENT</code> sets the size of indentation in terms of the width of a space in <a
|
|
class="message" href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code></a>. If you set a width of
|
|
0, the indent size is the same as the tab size. There are no limits on indent sizes, but values
|
|
less than 0 or large values may have undesirable effects.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTABINDENTS">SCI_SETTABINDENTS(bool tabIndents)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTABINDENTS">SCI_GETTABINDENTS → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS">SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS(bool bsUnIndents)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS">SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS → bool</b><br />
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Inside indentation white space, the tab and backspace keys can be made to indent and
|
|
unindent rather than insert a tab character or delete a character with the
|
|
<code>SCI_SETTABINDENTS</code> and <code>SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS</code> functions.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION">SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION(line line, int indentation)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION">SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
The amount of indentation on a line can be discovered and set with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION</code> and <code>SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION</code>. The indentation is
|
|
measured in character columns, which correspond to the width of space characters.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION">SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION(line line) → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the position at the end of indentation of a line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES">SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES(int indentView)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES">SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES → int</b><br />
|
|
Indentation guides are dotted vertical lines that appear within indentation white space every
|
|
indent size columns. They make it easy to see which constructs line up especially when they
|
|
extend over multiple pages. Style <a class="message"
|
|
href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_INDENTGUIDE</code></a> (37) is used to specify the
|
|
foreground and background colour of the indentation guides.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>There are 4 indentation guide views.
|
|
SC_IV_NONE turns the feature off but the other 3 states determine how far the guides appear on
|
|
empty lines. </p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Search flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_IV_NONE</code></td>
|
|
<td>No indentation guides are shown.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_IV_REAL</code></td>
|
|
<td>Indentation guides are shown inside real indentation white space.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_IV_LOOKFORWARD</code></td>
|
|
<td>Indentation guides are shown beyond the actual indentation up to the level of the
|
|
next non-empty line.
|
|
If the previous non-empty line was a fold header then indentation guides are shown for
|
|
one more level of indent than that line. This setting is good for Python.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_IV_LOOKBOTH</code></td>
|
|
<td>Indentation guides are shown beyond the actual indentation up to the level of the
|
|
next non-empty line or previous non-empty line whichever is the greater.
|
|
This setting is good for most languages.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE">SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE(position column)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE">SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE → position</b><br />
|
|
When brace highlighting occurs, the indentation guide corresponding to the braces may be
|
|
highlighted with the brace highlighting style, <a class="message"
|
|
href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_BRACELIGHT</code></a> (34). Set <code class="parameter">column</code> to 0 to
|
|
cancel this highlight.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Markers">Markers</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>There are 32 markers, numbered 0 to <code>MARKER_MAX</code> (31), and you can assign any combination of them to each
|
|
line in the document. Markers appear in the <a class="jump" href="#Margins">selection
|
|
margin</a> to the left of the text. If the selection margin is set to zero width, the
|
|
background colour of the whole line is changed instead. Marker numbers 25 to 31 are used by
|
|
Scintilla in folding margins, and have symbolic names of the form <code>SC_MARKNUM_</code>*,
|
|
for example <code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Marker numbers 0 to 24 have no pre-defined function; you can use them to mark syntax errors
|
|
or the current point of execution, break points, or whatever you need marking. If you do not
|
|
need folding, you can use all 32 for any purpose you wish.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Each marker number has a symbol associated with it. You can also set the foreground and
|
|
background colour for each marker number, so you can use the same symbol more than once with
|
|
different colouring for different uses. Scintilla has a set of symbols you can assign
|
|
(<code>SC_MARK_</code>*) or you can use characters. By default, all 32 markers are set to
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLE</code> with a black foreground and a white background.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The markers are drawn in the order of their numbers, so higher numbered markers appear on
|
|
top of lower numbered ones. Markers try to move with their text by tracking where the start of
|
|
their line moves. When a line is deleted, its markers are combined, by an <code>OR</code>
|
|
operation, with the markers of the next line.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDEFINE">SCI_MARKERDEFINE(int markerNumber, int
|
|
markerSymbol)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP">SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP(int markerNumber,
|
|
const char *pixmap)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH(int width)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT(int height)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETSCALE">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETSCALE(int scalePercent)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDEFINERGBAIMAGE">SCI_MARKERDEFINERGBAIMAGE(int markerNumber,
|
|
const char *pixels)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED">SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED(int markerNumber) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERSETFORE">SCI_MARKERSETFORE(int markerNumber, colour
|
|
fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERSETBACK">SCI_MARKERSETBACK(int markerNumber, colour
|
|
back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERSETBACKSELECTED">SCI_MARKERSETBACKSELECTED(int markerNumber, colour
|
|
back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERENABLEHIGHLIGHT">SCI_MARKERENABLEHIGHLIGHT(bool enabled)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERSETALPHA">SCI_MARKERSETALPHA(int markerNumber, alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERADD">SCI_MARKERADD(line line, int markerNumber) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERADDSET">SCI_MARKERADDSET(line line, int markerSet)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDELETE">SCI_MARKERDELETE(line line, int
|
|
markerNumber)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDELETEALL">SCI_MARKERDELETEALL(int markerNumber)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERGET">SCI_MARKERGET(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERNEXT">SCI_MARKERNEXT(line lineStart, int markerMask) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS">SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS(line lineStart, int markerMask) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE">SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE(int markerHandle) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE">SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE(int markerHandle)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERDEFINE">SCI_MARKERDEFINE(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol)</b><br />
|
|
This message associates a marker number in the range 0 to 31 with one of the marker symbols or
|
|
an ASCII character. The general-purpose marker symbols currently available are:<br />
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLE</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_ARROW</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_SMALLRECT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_SHORTARROW</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_EMPTY</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_MINUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_PLUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_ARROWS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BACKGROUND</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_LEFTRECT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_FULLRECT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BOOKMARK</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_VERTICALBOOKMARK</code>, and
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_UNDERLINE</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SC_MARK_BACKGROUND</code> marker changes the background colour of the line only.
|
|
The <code>SC_MARK_FULLRECT</code> symbol mirrors this, changing only the margin background colour.
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_UNDERLINE</code> draws an underline across the text.
|
|
The <code>SC_MARK_EMPTY</code> symbol is invisible, allowing client code to track the movement
|
|
of lines. You would also use it if you changed the folding style and wanted one or more of the
|
|
<code>SC_FOLDERNUM_</code>* markers to have no associated symbol.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Applications may use the marker symbol <code>SC_MARK_AVAILABLE</code> to indicate that
|
|
plugins may allocate that marker number.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>There are also marker symbols designed for use in the folding margin in a flattened tree
|
|
style.<br />
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BOXMINUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BOXPLUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_LCORNER</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_TCORNER</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE</code>, and
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_VLINE</code>.</p>
|
|
Characters can be used as markers by adding the ASCII value of the character to
|
|
<code>SC_MARK_CHARACTER</code> (10000). For example, to use 'A' (ASCII code 65) as marker
|
|
number 1 use:<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_MARKERDEFINE(1, SC_MARK_CHARACTER+65)</code>. <br />
|
|
|
|
<p>The marker numbers <code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER</code> and <code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN</code> are
|
|
used for showing that a fold is present and open or closed. Any symbols may be assigned for
|
|
this purpose although the (<code>SC_MARK_PLUS</code>, <code>SC_MARK_MINUS</code>) pair or the
|
|
(<code>SC_MARK_ARROW</code>, <code>SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN</code>) pair are good choices. As well as
|
|
these two, more assignments are needed for the flattened tree style:
|
|
<code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND</code>, <code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID</code>, <code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB</code>, and
|
|
<code>SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL</code>. The bits used for folding are specified by
|
|
<code>SC_MASK_FOLDERS</code>, which is commonly used as an argument to
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMARGINMASKN</code> when defining a margin to be used for folding.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>This table shows which <code>SC_MARK_</code>* symbols should be assigned to which
|
|
<code>SC_MARKNUM_</code>* marker numbers to obtain four folding styles: Arrow (mimics
|
|
Macintosh), plus/minus shows folded lines as '+' and opened folds as '-', Circle tree, Box
|
|
tree.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Markers used for folding">
|
|
<thead align="left">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th><code>SC_MARKNUM_</code>*</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Arrow</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Plus/minus</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Circle tree</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Box tree</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</thead>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDEROPEN</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>ARROWDOWN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>MINUS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>CIRCLEMINUS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>BOXMINUS</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDER</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>ARROW</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>PLUS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>CIRCLEPLUS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>BOXPLUS</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDERSUB</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>VLINE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>VLINE</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDERTAIL</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>LCORNERCURVE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>LCORNER</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDEREND</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>BOXPLUSCONNECTED</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDEROPENMID</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>BOXMINUSCONNECTED</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left"><code>FOLDERMIDTAIL</code></th>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>EMPTY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>TCORNERCURVE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>TCORNER</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
<p><img src="Markers.png" alt="Marker samples" /></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP">SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP(int markerNumber, const char
|
|
*pixmap)</b><br />
|
|
Markers can be set to pixmaps with this message. The
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#XPM">XPM format</a> is used for the pixmap.
|
|
Pixmaps use the <code>SC_MARK_PIXMAP</code> marker symbol. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH(int width)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT(int height)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_RGBAIMAGESETSCALE">SCI_RGBAIMAGESETSCALE(int scalePercent)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARKERDEFINERGBAIMAGE">SCI_MARKERDEFINERGBAIMAGE(int markerNumber, const char *pixels)</b><br />
|
|
Markers can be set to translucent pixmaps with this message. The
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#RGBA">RGBA format</a> is used for the pixmap.
|
|
The width and height must previously been set with the <code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH</code> and
|
|
<code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT</code> messages.</p>
|
|
<p>A scale factor in percent may be set with <code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETSCALE</code>. This is useful on OS X with
|
|
a retina display where each display unit is 2 pixels: use a factor of 200 so that each image pixel is displayed using a screen pixel.
|
|
The default scale, 100, will stretch each image pixel to cover 4 screen pixels on a retina display.</p>
|
|
<p>Pixmaps use the <code>SC_MARK_RGBAIMAGE</code> marker symbol. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED">SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED(int markerNumber) → int</b><br />
|
|
Returns the symbol defined for a markerNumber with <code>SCI_MARKERDEFINE</code>
|
|
or <code>SC_MARK_PIXMAP</code> if defined with <code>SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP</code>
|
|
or <code>SC_MARK_RGBAIMAGE</code> if defined with <code>SCI_MARKERDEFINERGBAIMAGE</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERSETFORE">SCI_MARKERSETFORE(int markerNumber, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARKERSETBACK">SCI_MARKERSETBACK(int markerNumber, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set the foreground and background colour of a marker number.<br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARKERSETBACKSELECTED">SCI_MARKERSETBACKSELECTED(int markerNumber, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
This message sets the highlight background colour of a marker number when its folding block is selected. The default colour is #FF0000.</p>
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERENABLEHIGHLIGHT">SCI_MARKERENABLEHIGHLIGHT(bool enabled)</b><br />
|
|
This message allows to enable/disable the highlight folding block when it is selected. (i.e. block that contains the caret)</p>
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERSETALPHA">SCI_MARKERSETALPHA(int markerNumber,
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
When markers are drawn in the content area, either because there is no margin for them or
|
|
they are of <code>SC_MARK_BACKGROUND</code> or <code>SC_MARK_UNDERLINE</code> types, they may be drawn translucently by
|
|
setting an alpha value.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERADD">SCI_MARKERADD(line line, int markerNumber) → int</b><br />
|
|
This message adds marker number <code class="parameter">markerNumber</code> to a line. The message returns -1 if
|
|
this fails (illegal line number, out of memory) or it returns a marker handle number that
|
|
identifies the added marker. You can use this returned handle with <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE"><code>SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE</code></a> to find where a
|
|
marker is after moving or combining lines and with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE"><code>SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE</code></a> to delete the marker
|
|
based on its handle. The message does not check the value of markerNumber, nor does it
|
|
check if the line already contains the marker.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERADDSET">SCI_MARKERADDSET(line line, int markerSet)</b><br />
|
|
This message can add one or more markers to a line with a single call, specified in the same "one-bit-per-marker" 32-bit integer format returned by
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERGET"><code>SCI_MARKERGET</code></a>
|
|
(and used by the mask-based marker search functions
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERNEXT"><code>SCI_MARKERNEXT</code></a> and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS"><code>SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS</code></a>).
|
|
As with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERADD"><code>SCI_MARKERADD</code></a>, no check is made
|
|
to see if any of the markers are already present on the targeted line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERDELETE">SCI_MARKERDELETE(line line, int markerNumber)</b><br />
|
|
This searches the given line number for the given marker number and deletes it if it is
|
|
present. If you added the same marker more than once to the line, this will delete one copy
|
|
each time it is used. If you pass in a marker number of -1, all markers are deleted from the
|
|
line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERDELETEALL">SCI_MARKERDELETEALL(int markerNumber)</b><br />
|
|
This removes markers of the given number from all lines. If markerNumber is -1, it deletes all
|
|
markers from all lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERGET">SCI_MARKERGET(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
This returns a 32-bit integer that indicates which markers were present on the line. Bit 0 is
|
|
set if marker 0 is present, bit 1 for marker 1 and so on.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERNEXT">SCI_MARKERNEXT(line lineStart, int markerMask) → line</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS">SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS(line lineStart, int markerMask) → line</b><br />
|
|
These messages search efficiently for lines that include a given set of markers. The search
|
|
starts at line number <code class="parameter">lineStart</code> and continues forwards to the end of the file
|
|
(<code>SCI_MARKERNEXT</code>) or backwards to the start of the file
|
|
(<code>SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS</code>). The <code class="parameter">markerMask</code> argument should have one bit set
|
|
for each marker you wish to find. Set bit 0 to find marker 0, bit 1 for marker 1 and so on. The
|
|
message returns the line number of the first line that contains one of the markers in
|
|
<code class="parameter">markerMask</code> or -1 if no marker is found.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE">SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE(int markerHandle) → int</b><br />
|
|
The <code class="parameter">markerHandle</code> argument is an identifier for a marker returned by <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERADD"><code>SCI_MARKERADD</code></a>. This function searches
|
|
the document for the marker with this handle and returns the line number that contains it or -1
|
|
if it is not found.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE">SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE(int markerHandle)</b><br />
|
|
The <code class="parameter">markerHandle</code> argument is an identifier for a marker returned by <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_MARKERADD"><code>SCI_MARKERADD</code></a>. This function searches
|
|
the document for the marker with this handle and deletes the marker if it is found.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Indicators">Indicators</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Indicators are used to display additional information over the top of styling.
|
|
They can be used to show, for example, syntax errors, deprecated names and bad indentation
|
|
by drawing underlines under text or boxes around text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Indicators may have a different "hover" colour and style when the mouse is over them or the caret is moved into them.
|
|
This may be used, for example, to indicate that a URL can be clicked.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Indicators may be displayed as simple underlines, squiggly underlines, a
|
|
line of small 'T' shapes, a line of diagonal hatching, a strike-out or a rectangle around the text.
|
|
They may also be invisible when used to track pieces of content for the application as <code>INDIC_HIDDEN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_INDIC*</code> messages allow you to get and set the visual appearance of the
|
|
indicators. They all use an <code class="parameter">indicator</code> argument in the range 0 to INDICATOR_MAX(35)
|
|
to set the indicator to style. To prevent interference the set of indicators is divided up into a range for use
|
|
by lexers (0..7) a range for use by containers
|
|
(8=<code>INDICATOR_CONTAINER</code> .. 31=<code>INDICATOR_IME-1</code>)
|
|
and a range for IME indicators (32=<code>INDICATOR_IME</code> .. 35=<code>INDICATOR_IME_MAX</code>).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>INDICATOR_*</code> values used for dividing up indicators
|
|
were previously <code>INDIC_CONTAINER</code>, <code>INDIC_IME</code>,
|
|
<code>INDIC_IME_MAX</code>, and <code>INDIC_MAX</code>
|
|
but these were confused with indicator styles so the new names should be used.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Indicators are stored in a format similar to run length encoding which is efficient in both
|
|
speed and storage for sparse information.</p>
|
|
<p>An indicator may store different values for each range but normally all values are drawn the same.
|
|
The <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETFLAGS">SCI_INDICSETFLAGS</a>
|
|
API may be used to display different colours for different values.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Originally, Scintilla used a different technique for indicators but this
|
|
has been <a href="#RemovedFeatures">removed</a>
|
|
and the APIs perform <a href="#StyleByteIndicators">no action</a>.
|
|
While both techniques were supported, the term "modern indicators" was used for the
|
|
newer implementation.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETSTYLE">SCI_INDICSETSTYLE(int indicator, int
|
|
indicatorStyle)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETSTYLE">SCI_INDICGETSTYLE(int indicator) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETFORE">SCI_INDICSETFORE(int indicator, colour
|
|
fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETFORE">SCI_INDICGETFORE(int indicator) → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETALPHA">SCI_INDICSETALPHA(int indicator, alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETALPHA">SCI_INDICGETALPHA(int indicator) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA(int indicator, alpha alpha)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICGETOUTLINEALPHA(int indicator) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETUNDER">SCI_INDICSETUNDER(int indicator, bool under)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETUNDER">SCI_INDICGETUNDER(int indicator) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETHOVERSTYLE">SCI_INDICSETHOVERSTYLE(int indicator, int
|
|
indicatorStyle)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETHOVERSTYLE">SCI_INDICGETHOVERSTYLE(int indicator) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETHOVERFORE">SCI_INDICSETHOVERFORE(int indicator, colour
|
|
fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETHOVERFORE">SCI_INDICGETHOVERFORE(int indicator) → colour</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICSETFLAGS">SCI_INDICSETFLAGS(int indicator, int flags)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICGETFLAGS">SCI_INDICGETFLAGS(int indicator) → int</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT">SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT(int indicator)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT">SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE">SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE(int value)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE">SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE">SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE(position start, position lengthFill)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE">SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE(position start, position lengthClear)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR">SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR(position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT">SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT(int indicator, position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORSTART">SCI_INDICATORSTART(int indicator, position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATOREND">SCI_INDICATOREND(int indicator, position pos) → int</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW">SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW(position start, position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH">SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH(position start, position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FINDINDICATORHIDE">SCI_FINDINDICATORHIDE</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETSTYLE">SCI_INDICSETSTYLE(int indicator, int
|
|
indicatorStyle)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETSTYLE">SCI_INDICGETSTYLE(int indicator) → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the style for a particular indicator. The indicator styles
|
|
currently available are:<br />
|
|
|
|
<img src="Indicators.png" alt="Indicator samples" /></p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Indicators">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Visual effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_PLAIN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Underlined with a single, straight line.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_SQUIGGLE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A squiggly underline. Requires 3 pixels of descender space.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_TT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A line of small T shapes.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_DIAGONAL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Diagonal hatching.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_STRIKE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">4</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Strike out.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_HIDDEN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">5</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>An indicator with no visual effect.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_BOX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">6</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A rectangle around the text.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_ROUNDBOX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">7</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A rectangle with rounded corners around the text using translucent drawing with the
|
|
interior usually more transparent than the border. You can use
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETALPHA">SCI_INDICSETALPHA</a> and
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA</a>
|
|
to control the alpha transparency values. The default alpha values are 30 for fill colour and 50 for outline colour.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">8</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A rectangle around the text using translucent drawing with the
|
|
interior usually more transparent than the border. You can use
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETALPHA">SCI_INDICSETALPHA</a> and
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA</a>
|
|
to control the alpha transparency values. The default alpha values are 30 for fill colour and 50 for outline colour.
|
|
This indicator does not colour the top pixel of the line so that indicators on contiguous lines are visually distinct
|
|
and disconnected.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_FULLBOX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">16</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A rectangle around the text using translucent drawing similar to <code>INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX</code>
|
|
but covering the entire character area.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_DASH</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">9</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A dashed underline.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_DOTS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">10</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A dotted underline.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_SQUIGGLELOW</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">11</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Similar to <code>INDIC_SQUIGGLE</code> but only using 2 vertical pixels
|
|
so will fit under small fonts.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_DOTBOX</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">12</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A dotted rectangle around the text using translucent drawing.
|
|
Translucency alternates between the alpha and outline alpha settings with the top-left pixel using the alpha setting.
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETALPHA">SCI_INDICSETALPHA</a> and
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA</a>
|
|
control the alpha transparency values. The default values are 30 for alpha and 50 for outline alpha.
|
|
To avoid excessive memory allocation the maximum width of a dotted box is 4000 pixels.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_GRADIENT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">20</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A vertical gradient between a colour and alpha at top to fully transparent at bottom.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_GRADIENTCENTRE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">21</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A vertical gradient with the specified colour and alpha in the middle
|
|
fading to fully transparent at top and bottom.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_SQUIGGLEPIXMAP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">13</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A version of <code>INDIC_SQUIGGLE</code> that draws using a pixmap instead of
|
|
as a series of line segments for performance.
|
|
Measured to be between 3 and 6 times faster than <code>INDIC_SQUIGGLE</code> on GTK.
|
|
Appearance will not be as good as <code>INDIC_SQUIGGLE</code> on OS X in HiDPI mode.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHICK</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">14</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A 2-pixel thick underline located at the bottom of the line to try to avoid touching the character base.
|
|
Each side is inset 1 pixel so that different indicators in this style covering a range appear isolated.
|
|
This is similar to an appearance used for the target in Asian language input composition.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHIN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">15</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A 1-pixel thick underline located just before the bottom of the line.
|
|
Each side is inset 1 pixel so that different indicators in this style covering a range appear isolated.
|
|
This is similar to an appearance used for non-target ranges in Asian language input composition.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_TEXTFORE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">17</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Change the colour of the text to the indicator's fore colour.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_POINT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">18</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Draw a triangle below the start of the indicator range.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>INDIC_POINTCHARACTER</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">19</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Draw a triangle below the centre of the first character of the indicator range.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>The default indicator styles are equivalent to:<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETSTYLE(0, INDIC_SQUIGGLE);</code><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETSTYLE(1, INDIC_TT);</code><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETSTYLE(2, INDIC_PLAIN);</code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETFORE">SCI_INDICSETFORE(int indicator, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETFORE">SCI_INDICGETFORE(int indicator) → colour</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the colour used to draw an indicator. The default indicator
|
|
colours are equivalent to:<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETFORE(0, 0x007f00);</code> (dark green)<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETFORE(1, 0xff0000);</code> (light blue)<br />
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICSETFORE(2, 0x0000ff);</code> (light red)</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETALPHA">SCI_INDICSETALPHA(int indicator, <a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETALPHA">SCI_INDICGETALPHA(int indicator) → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the alpha transparency used for drawing the
|
|
fill colour of the INDIC_ROUNDBOX and INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX rectangle. The alpha value can range from
|
|
0 (completely transparent) to 255 (no transparency).
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICSETOUTLINEALPHA(int indicator, <a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a> alpha)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETOUTLINEALPHA">SCI_INDICGETOUTLINEALPHA(int indicator) → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the alpha transparency used for drawing the
|
|
outline colour of the INDIC_ROUNDBOX and INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX rectangle. The alpha value can range from
|
|
0 (completely transparent) to 255 (no transparency).
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETUNDER">SCI_INDICSETUNDER(int indicator, bool under)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETUNDER">SCI_INDICGETUNDER(int indicator) → bool</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get whether an indicator is drawn under text or over(default).
|
|
Drawing under text does not work with the deprecated <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPHASESDRAW">single phase drawing</a>
|
|
mode.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETHOVERSTYLE">SCI_INDICSETHOVERSTYLE(int indicator, int
|
|
indicatorStyle)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETHOVERSTYLE">SCI_INDICGETHOVERSTYLE(int indicator) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICSETHOVERFORE">SCI_INDICSETHOVERFORE(int indicator, <a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETHOVERFORE">SCI_INDICGETHOVERFORE(int indicator) → colour</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the colour and style used to draw indicators when the mouse is over them or the caret moved into them.
|
|
The mouse cursor also changes when an indicator is drawn in hover style.
|
|
The default is for the hover appearance to be the same as the normal appearance and calling
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETFORE">SCI_INDICSETFORE</a> or
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICSETSTYLE">SCI_INDICSETSTYLE</a> will
|
|
also reset the hover attribute.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_INDICSETFLAGS">SCI_INDICSETFLAGS(int indicator, int flags)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICGETFLAGS">SCI_INDICGETFLAGS(int indicator) → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the flags associated with an indicator.
|
|
There is currently one flag defined, <code>SC_INDICFLAG_VALUEFORE</code>: when this flag is set
|
|
the colour used by the indicator is not from the indicator's fore setting but instead from the value of the indicator at
|
|
that point in the file. This allows many colours to be displayed for a single indicator. The value is an <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#colour">RGB integer colour</a> that has been ored with <code>SC_INDICVALUEBIT</code>(0x1000000)
|
|
when calling <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE">SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE</a>.
|
|
To find the colour from the value, and the value with <code>SC_INDICVALUEMASK</code>(0xFFFFFF).
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT">SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT(int indicator)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT">SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the indicator that will be affected by calls to
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE">SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE(position start, position lengthFill)</a> and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE">SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE(position start, position lengthClear)</a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE">SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE(int value)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE">SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the value that will be set by calls to
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE">SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE</a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE">SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE(position start, position lengthFill)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE">SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE(position start, position lengthClear)</b><br />
|
|
These two messages fill or clear a range for the current indicator.
|
|
<code>SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE</code> fills with the
|
|
the current value.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR">SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR(position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve a bitmap value representing which indicators are non-zero at a position.
|
|
Only the first 32 indicators are represented in the result so no IME indicators are included.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT">SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT(int indicator, position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the value of a particular indicator at a position.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATORSTART">SCI_INDICATORSTART(int indicator, position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_INDICATOREND">SCI_INDICATOREND(int indicator, position pos) → int</b><br />
|
|
Find the start or end of a range with one value from a position within the range.
|
|
Can be used to iterate through the document to discover all the indicator positions.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="FindIndicators">OS X Find Indicator</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>On OS X search matches are highlighted with an animated gold rounded rectangle.
|
|
The indicator shows, then briefly grows 25% and shrinks to the original size to draw the user's attention.
|
|
While this feature is currently only implemented on OS X, it may be implemented on other platforms
|
|
in the future.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW">SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW(position start, position end)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH">SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH(position start, position end)</b><br />
|
|
These two messages show and animate the find indicator. The indicator remains visible with
|
|
<code>SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW</code> and fades out after showing for half a second with
|
|
<code>SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH</code>.
|
|
<code>SCI_FINDINDICATORSHOW</code> behaves similarly to the OS X TextEdit and Safari applications
|
|
and is best suited to editing documentation where the search target is often a word.
|
|
<code>SCI_FINDINDICATORFLASH</code> is similar to Xcode and is suited to editing source code
|
|
where the match will often be located next to operators which would otherwise be hidden under the indicator's
|
|
padding.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FINDINDICATORHIDE">SCI_FINDINDICATORHIDE</b><br />
|
|
This message hides the find indicator.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Earlier versions of Scintilla allowed <a href="#StyleByteIndicators">partitioning style bytes</a>
|
|
between style numbers and indicators and provided APIs for setting and querying this.</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Autocompletion">Autocompletion</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Autocompletion displays a list box showing likely identifiers based upon the user's typing.
|
|
The user chooses the currently selected item by pressing the tab character or another character
|
|
that is a member of the fillup character set defined with <code>SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS</code>.
|
|
Autocompletion is triggered by your application. For example, in C if you detect that the user
|
|
has just typed <code>fred.</code> you could look up <code>fred</code>, and if it has a known
|
|
list of members, you could offer them in an autocompletion list. Alternatively, you could
|
|
monitor the user's typing and offer a list of likely items once their typing has narrowed down
|
|
the choice to a reasonable list. As yet another alternative, you could define a key code to
|
|
activate the list.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When the user makes a selection from the list the container is sent a <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTION">SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</a></code> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification message</a>. On return from the notification Scintilla will insert
|
|
the selected text and the container is sent a <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED">SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED</a></code> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification message</a> unless the autocompletion list has been cancelled, for example by the container sending
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCCANCEL">SCI_AUTOCCANCEL</a></code>. </p>
|
|
|
|
<p>To make use of autocompletion you must monitor each character added to the document. See
|
|
<code>SciTEBase::CharAdded()</code> in SciTEBase.cxx for an example of autocompletion.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSHOW">SCI_AUTOCSHOW(position lengthEntered, const char
|
|
*itemList)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCCANCEL">SCI_AUTOCCANCEL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCACTIVE">SCI_AUTOCACTIVE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART">SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE">SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSTOPS">SCI_AUTOCSTOPS(<unused>, const char
|
|
*characterSet)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR(int
|
|
separatorCharacter)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSELECT">SCI_AUTOCSELECT(<unused>, const char
|
|
*select)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT">SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENTTEXT">SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENTTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART">SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART(bool
|
|
cancel)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART">SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS">SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS(<unused>, const char
|
|
*characterSet)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE">SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE(bool
|
|
chooseSingle)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE">SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE">SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE(bool
|
|
ignoreCase)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE">SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR">SCI_AUTOCSETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR(int behaviour)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR">SCI_AUTOCGETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETMULTI">SCI_AUTOCSETMULTI(int multi)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETMULTI">SCI_AUTOCGETMULTI → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETORDER">SCI_AUTOCSETORDER(int order)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETORDER">SCI_AUTOCGETORDER → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE">SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE(bool autoHide)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE">SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD">SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD(bool
|
|
dropRestOfWord)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD">SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REGISTERIMAGE">SCI_REGISTERIMAGE(int type, const char *xpmData)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE">SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE(int type, const char *pixels)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES">SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR(int separatorCharacter)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT">SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT(int rowCount)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT">SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH">SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH(int characterCount)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH">SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSHOW">SCI_AUTOCSHOW(position lengthEntered, const char *itemList)</b><br />
|
|
This message causes a list to be displayed. <code class="parameter">lengthEntered</code> is the number of
|
|
characters of the word already entered and <code class="parameter">itemList</code> is the list of words separated by
|
|
separator characters. The initial separator character is a space but this can be set or got
|
|
with <a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR"><code>SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR</code></a>
|
|
and <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR"><code>SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>With default settings, the list of words should be in sorted order.
|
|
If set to ignore case mode with <a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE"><code>SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE</code></a>, then
|
|
strings are matched after being converted to upper case. One result of this is that the list
|
|
should be sorted with the punctuation characters '[', '\', ']', '^', '_', and '`' sorted after
|
|
letters.
|
|
Alternative handling of list order may be specified with <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_AUTOCSETORDER">SCI_AUTOCSETORDER</a>
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCCANCEL">SCI_AUTOCCANCEL</b><br />
|
|
This message cancels any displayed autocompletion list. When in autocompletion mode, the list
|
|
should disappear when the user types a character that can not be part of the autocompletion,
|
|
such as '.', '(' or '[' when typing an identifier. A set of characters that will cancel
|
|
autocompletion can be specified with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCSTOPS"><code>SCI_AUTOCSTOPS</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCACTIVE">SCI_AUTOCACTIVE → bool</b><br />
|
|
This message returns non-zero if there is an active autocompletion list and zero if there is
|
|
not.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART">SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART → position</b><br />
|
|
This returns the value of the current position when <code>SCI_AUTOCSHOW</code> started display
|
|
of the list.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE">SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE</b><br />
|
|
This message triggers autocompletion. This has the same effect as the tab key.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSTOPS">SCI_AUTOCSTOPS(<unused>, const char *characterSet)</b><br />
|
|
The <code class="parameter">characterSet</code> argument is a string containing a list of characters that will
|
|
automatically cancel the autocompletion list. When you start the editor, this list is
|
|
empty.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR(int separatorCharacter)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the separator character used to separate words in the
|
|
<code>SCI_AUTOCSHOW</code> list. The default is the space character.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSELECT">SCI_AUTOCSELECT(<unused>, const char *select)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT">SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT → int</b><br />
|
|
This message selects an item in the autocompletion list. It searches the list of words for the
|
|
first that matches <code class="parameter">select</code>. By default, comparisons are case sensitive, but you can
|
|
change this with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE"><code>SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE</code></a>. The match is character
|
|
by character for the length of the <code class="parameter">select</code> string. That is, if select is "Fred" it
|
|
will match "Frederick" if this is the first item in the list that begins with "Fred". If an
|
|
item is found, it is selected. If the item is not found, the autocompletion list closes if
|
|
auto-hide is true (see <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE"><code>SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE</code></a>).<br />
|
|
The current selection index can be retrieved with <code>SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENTTEXT">SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENTTEXT(<unused>, char *text NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
This message retrieves the current selected text in the autocompletion list. Normally the
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTION"><code>SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</code></a> notification
|
|
is used instead.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The value is copied to the <code class="parameter">text</code> buffer, returning the length (not including the
|
|
terminating 0). If not found, an empty string is copied to the buffer and 0 is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If the value argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated to store the value is
|
|
returned; again, the terminating 0 is not included.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART">SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART(bool cancel)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART">SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART → bool</b><br />
|
|
The default behaviour is for the list to be cancelled if the caret moves to the location it
|
|
was at when the list was displayed. By calling this message with a <code>false</code> argument,
|
|
the list is not cancelled until the caret moves at least one character before the word being
|
|
completed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS">SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS(<unused>, const char *characterSet)</b><br />
|
|
If a fillup character is typed with an autocompletion list active, the currently selected item
|
|
in the list is added into the document, then the fillup character is added. Common fillup
|
|
characters are '(', '[' and '.' but others are possible depending on the language. By default,
|
|
no fillup characters are set.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE">SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE(bool chooseSingle)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE">SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE → bool</b><br />
|
|
If you use <code>SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE(1)</code> and a list has only one item, it is
|
|
automatically added and no list is displayed. The default is to display the list even if there
|
|
is only a single item.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE">SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE(bool ignoreCase)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE">SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE → bool</b><br />
|
|
By default, matching of characters to list members is case sensitive. These messages let you
|
|
set and get case sensitivity.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR">SCI_AUTOCSETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR(int behaviour)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR">SCI_AUTOCGETCASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR → int</b><br />
|
|
When autocompletion is set to ignore case (<code>SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE</code>), by default it will
|
|
nonetheless select the first list member that matches in a case sensitive way to entered characters.
|
|
This corresponds to a behaviour property of <code>SC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE</code> (0).
|
|
If you want autocompletion to ignore case at all, choose <code>SC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_IGNORECASE</code> (1).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETMULTI">SCI_AUTOCSETMULTI(int multi)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETMULTI">SCI_AUTOCGETMULTI → int</b><br />
|
|
When autocompleting with multiple selections present, the autocompleted text can go into just the main selection with
|
|
<code>SC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE</code> (0) or into each selection with <code>SC_MULTIAUTOC_EACH</code> (1).
|
|
The default is <code>SC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETORDER">SCI_AUTOCSETORDER(int order)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETORDER">SCI_AUTOCGETORDER → int</b><br />
|
|
The default setting <code>SC_ORDER_PRESORTED</code> (0) requires that the list be provided in alphabetical sorted order.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>Sorting the list can be done by Scintilla instead of the application with <code>SC_ORDER_PERFORMSORT</code> (1).
|
|
This will take additional time.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>Applications that wish to prioritize some values and show the list in order of priority instead
|
|
of alphabetical order can use <code>SC_ORDER_CUSTOM</code> (2).
|
|
This requires extra processing in <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_AUTOCSHOW">SCI_AUTOCSHOW</a> to create a sorted index.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<p>Setting the order should be done before calling <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_AUTOCSHOW">SCI_AUTOCSHOW</a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE">SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE(bool autoHide)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE">SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE → bool</b><br />
|
|
By default, the list is cancelled if there are no viable matches (the user has typed
|
|
characters that no longer match a list entry). If you want to keep displaying the original
|
|
list, set <code class="parameter">autoHide</code> to <code>false</code>. This also effects <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCSELECT"><code>SCI_AUTOCSELECT</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD">SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD(bool dropRestOfWord)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD">SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD → bool</b><br />
|
|
When an item is selected, any word characters following the caret are first erased if
|
|
<code class="parameter">dropRestOfWord</code> is set <code>true</code>. The default is <code>false</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_REGISTERIMAGE">SCI_REGISTERIMAGE(int type, const char *xpmData)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE">SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE(int type, const char *pixels)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES">SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR(int separatorCharacter)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR">SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR → int</b><br />
|
|
|
|
Autocompletion list items may display an image as well as text. Each image is first registered with an integer
|
|
type. Then this integer is included in the text of the list separated by a '?' from the text. For example,
|
|
"fclose?2 fopen" displays image 2 before the string "fclose" and no image before "fopen".
|
|
The images are in either the <a class="jump" href="#XPM">XPM format</a> (<code>SCI_REGISTERIMAGE</code>) or
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#RGBA">RGBA format</a> (<code>SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE</code>).
|
|
For <code>SCI_REGISTERRGBAIMAGE</code> the width and height must previously been set with
|
|
the <a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH"><code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH</code></a> and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT"><code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT</code></a> messages.
|
|
The set of registered images can be cleared with <code>SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES</code> and the '?' separator changed
|
|
with <code>SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT">SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT(int rowCount)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT">SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT → int</b><br />
|
|
|
|
Get or set the maximum number of rows that will be visible in an autocompletion list. If there are more rows in the list, then a vertical
|
|
scrollbar is shown. The default is 5.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH">SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH(int characterCount)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH">SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH → int</b><br />
|
|
|
|
Get or set the maximum width of an autocompletion list expressed as the number of characters in the longest item that will be totally visible.
|
|
If zero (the default) then the list's width is calculated to fit the item with the most characters. Any items that cannot be fully displayed within
|
|
the available width are indicated by the presence of ellipsis.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="UserLists">User lists</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>User lists use the same internal mechanisms as autocompletion lists, and all the calls
|
|
listed for autocompletion work on them; you cannot display a user list at the same time as an
|
|
autocompletion list is active. They differ in the following respects:</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_USERLISTSHOW">SCI_USERLISTSHOW(int listType, const char *itemList)</a><br /></code>
|
|
|
|
<p>o The <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE">SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE</a></code> message has no
|
|
effect.<br />
|
|
o When the user makes a selection you are sent a <code><a class="jump"
|
|
href="#SCN_USERLISTSELECTION">SCN_USERLISTSELECTION</a></code> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification message</a> rather than <code><a class="jump"
|
|
href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTION">SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</a></code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>BEWARE: if you have set fillup characters or stop characters, these will still be active
|
|
with the user list, and may result in items being selected or the user list cancelled due to
|
|
the user typing into the editor.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_USERLISTSHOW">SCI_USERLISTSHOW(int listType, const char *itemList)</b><br />
|
|
The <code class="parameter">listType</code> parameter is returned to the container as the <code>wParam</code>
|
|
field of the <a class="message" href="#SCNotification"><code>SCNotification</code></a>
|
|
structure. It must be greater than 0 as this is how Scintilla tells the difference between an
|
|
autocompletion list and a user list. If you have different types of list, for example a list of
|
|
buffers and a list of macros, you can use <code class="parameter">listType</code> to tell which one has returned
|
|
a selection. </p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="CallTips">Call tips</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Call tips are small windows displaying the arguments to a function and are displayed after
|
|
the user has typed the name of the function. They normally display characters using the font
|
|
facename, size and character set defined by
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#StyleDefinition">STYLE_DEFAULT</a></code>. You can choose to
|
|
use <code><a class="message" href="#StyleDefinition">STYLE_CALLTIP</a></code> to define the
|
|
facename, size, foreground and background colours and character set with
|
|
<code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE">SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE</a></code>.
|
|
This also enables support for Tab characters.
|
|
|
|
There is some interaction between call tips and autocompletion lists in that showing a
|
|
call tip cancels any active autocompletion list, and vice versa.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Call tips can highlight part of the text within them. You could use this to highlight the
|
|
current argument to a function by counting the number of commas (or whatever separator your
|
|
language uses). See <code>SciTEBase::CharAdded()</code> in <code>SciTEBase.cxx</code> for an
|
|
example of call tip use.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The mouse may be clicked on call tips and this causes a
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCN_CALLTIPCLICK">SCN_CALLTIPCLICK</a></code>
|
|
notification to be sent to the container. Small up and down arrows may be displayed within
|
|
a call tip by, respectively, including the characters '\001', or '\002'. This is useful
|
|
for showing that there are overloaded variants of one function name and that the user can
|
|
click on the arrows to cycle through the overloads.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Alternatively, call tips can be displayed when you leave the mouse pointer for a while over
|
|
a word in response to the <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_DWELLSTART">SCN_DWELLSTART</a></code> <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Notifications">notification</a> and cancelled in response to <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_DWELLEND">SCN_DWELLEND</a></code>. This method could be used in a debugger to give
|
|
the value of a variable, or during editing to give information about the word under the
|
|
pointer.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSHOW">SCI_CALLTIPSHOW(position pos, const char
|
|
*definition)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL">SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE">SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART">SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSSTART">SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSSTART(position posStart)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT">SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT(int highlightStart, int
|
|
highlightEnd)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK">SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK(colour back)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE">SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE(colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT">SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT(colour fore)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE">SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE(int tabSize)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSITION">SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSITION(bool above)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSHOW">SCI_CALLTIPSHOW(position pos, const char *definition)</b><br />
|
|
This message starts the process by displaying the call tip window. If a call tip is already
|
|
active, this has no effect.<br />
|
|
<code class="parameter">pos</code> is the position in the document at which to align the call tip. The call
|
|
tip text is aligned to start 1 line below this character unless you have included up and/or
|
|
down arrows in the call tip text in which case the tip is aligned to the right-hand edge of
|
|
the rightmost arrow. The assumption is that you will start the text with something like
|
|
"\001 1 of 3 \002".<br />
|
|
<code class="parameter">definition</code> is the call tip text. This can contain multiple lines separated by
|
|
'\n' (Line Feed, ASCII code 10) characters. Do not include '\r' (Carriage Return, ASCII
|
|
code 13), as this will most likely print as an empty box. '\t' (Tab, ASCII code 9) is
|
|
supported if you set a tabsize with
|
|
<code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE">SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE</a></code>.<br />
|
|
The position of the caret is remembered here so that the call tip can be cancelled automatically if subsequent deletion
|
|
moves the caret before this position.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL">SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL</b><br />
|
|
This message cancels any displayed call tip. Scintilla will also cancel call tips for you if
|
|
you use any keyboard commands that are not compatible with editing the argument list of a
|
|
function.
|
|
Call tips are cancelled if you delete back past the position where the caret was when the tip was triggered.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE">SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE → bool</b><br />
|
|
This returns 1 if a call tip is active and 0 if it is not active.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART">SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART → position</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSSTART">SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSSTART(position posStart)</b><br />
|
|
This message returns or sets the value of the current position when <code>SCI_CALLTIPSHOW</code>
|
|
started to display the tip.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT">SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT(int highlightStart, int highlightEnd)</b><br />
|
|
This sets the region of the call tips text to display in a highlighted style.
|
|
<code class="parameter">highlightStart</code> is the zero-based index into the string of the first character to
|
|
highlight and <code class="parameter">highlightEnd</code> is the index of the first character after the highlight.
|
|
<code class="parameter">highlightEnd</code> must be greater than <code class="parameter">highlightStart</code>;
|
|
<code>highlightEnd-highlightStart</code> is the
|
|
number of characters to highlight. Highlights can extend over line ends if this is
|
|
required.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Unhighlighted text is drawn in a mid grey. Selected text is drawn in a dark blue. The
|
|
background is white. These can be changed with
|
|
<code>SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK</code>,
|
|
<code>SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE</code>, and
|
|
<code>SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK">SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> back)</b><br />
|
|
The background colour of call tips can be set with this message; the default colour is white.
|
|
It is not a good idea to set a dark colour as the background as the default colour for normal
|
|
calltip text is mid grey and the default colour for highlighted text is dark blue. This also
|
|
sets the background colour of <code>STYLE_CALLTIP</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE">SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
The colour of call tip text can be set with this message; the default colour is mid grey.
|
|
This also sets the foreground colour of <code>STYLE_CALLTIP</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT">SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> fore)</b><br />
|
|
The colour of highlighted call tip text can be set with this message; the default colour
|
|
is dark blue.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE">SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE(int tabSize)</b><br />
|
|
This message changes the style used for call tips from <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code> to
|
|
<code>STYLE_CALLTIP</code> and sets a tab size in screen pixels. If <code class="parameter">tabsize</code> is
|
|
less than 1, Tab characters are not treated specially. Once this call has been used, the
|
|
call tip foreground and background colours are also taken from the style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSITION">SCI_CALLTIPSETPOSITION(bool above)</b><br />
|
|
By default the calltip is displayed below the text, setting above to <code>true</code>
|
|
(1) will display it above the text.</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="KeyboardCommands">Keyboard commands</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>To allow the container application to perform any of the actions available to the user with
|
|
keyboard, all the keyboard actions are messages. They do not take any parameters. These
|
|
commands are also used when redefining the key bindings with the <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY"><code>SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY</code></a> message.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table border="0" summary="Keyboard commands">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEDOWN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEUPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINESCROLLUP</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PARADOWN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PARAUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PARAUPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARLEFT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARRIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDLEFT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDRIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDLEFTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDRIGHTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDPARTLEFT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOME</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMEEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMEDISPLAY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMEWRAP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOME</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMEWRAP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMEDISPLAY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VCHOMEDISPLAYEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDWRAP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DOCUMENTSTART</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DOCUMENTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEDOWN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELETEBACK</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELWORDLEFT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELWORDRIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELLINELEFT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_DELLINERIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEDELETE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINECUT</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINECOPY</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINETRANSPOSE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEREVERSE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LINEDUPLICATE</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_LOWERCASE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_UPPERCASE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_CANCEL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_NEWLINE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_FORMFEED</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_TAB</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_BACKTAB</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_VERTICALCENTRECARET</code></td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SCI_SCROLLTOSTART</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>SCI_SCROLLTOEND</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_*EXTEND</code> messages extend the selection.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_*RECTEXTEND</code> messages extend the rectangular selection
|
|
(and convert regular selection to rectangular one, if any).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_WORDPART*</code> commands are used to move between word segments marked by
|
|
capitalisation (aCamelCaseIdentifier) or underscores (an_under_bar_ident).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_WORD[LEFT|RIGHT]END*</code> commands are
|
|
similar to <code>SCI_WORD[LEFT|RIGHT]*</code> but move between word ends instead of word starts.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_HOME*</code> commands move the caret to the start of the line, while the
|
|
<code>SCI_VCHOME*</code> commands move the caret to the first non-blank character of the line
|
|
(ie. just after the indentation) unless it is already there; in this case, it acts as SCI_HOME*.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_[HOME|LINEEND]DISPLAY*</code> commands are used when in line wrap mode to
|
|
allow movement to the start or end of display lines as opposed to the normal
|
|
<code>SCI_[HOME|LINEEND]</code> commands which move to the start or end of document lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_[[VC]HOME|LINEEND]WRAP*</code> commands are like their namesakes
|
|
<code>SCI_[[VC]HOME|LINEEND]*</code> except they behave differently when word-wrap is enabled:
|
|
They go first to the start / end of the display line, like <code>SCI_[HOME|LINEEND]DISPLAY*</code>,
|
|
but if the cursor is already at the point, it goes on to the start or end of the document line,
|
|
as appropriate for <code>SCI_[[VC]HOME|LINEEND]*</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCI_SCROLLTO[START|END]</code> commands scroll the document to the start
|
|
or end without changing the selection. These commands match OS X platform conventions for the behaviour of the
|
|
<code>home</code> and <code>end</code> keys. Scintilla can be made to match OS X applications
|
|
by binding the <code>home</code> and <code>end</code> keys to these commands.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p class="message" id="SCI_CANCEL">The <code>SCI_CANCEL</code> command cancels autocompletion and
|
|
calltip display and drops any additional selections.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="KeyBindings">Key bindings</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>There is a default binding of keys to commands that is defined in the Scintilla source in
|
|
the file <code>KeyMap.cxx</code> by the constant <code>KeyMap::MapDefault[]</code>. This table
|
|
maps key definitions to <code>SCI_*</code> messages with no parameters (mostly the <a
|
|
class="jump" href="#KeyboardCommands">keyboard commands</a> discussed above, but any Scintilla
|
|
command that has no arguments can be mapped). You can change the mapping to suit your own
|
|
requirements.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY">SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY(int keyDefinition, int
|
|
sciCommand)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARCMDKEY">SCI_CLEARCMDKEY(int keyDefinition)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS">SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_NULL">SCI_NULL</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="keyDefinition">keyDefinition</b><br />
|
|
A key definition contains the key code in the low 16-bits and the key modifiers in the high
|
|
16-bits. To combine <code>keyCode</code> and <code>keyMod</code> set:<br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
<code>keyDefinition = keyCode + (keyMod << 16)</code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The key code is a visible or control character or a key from the <code>SCK_*</code>
|
|
enumeration, which contains:<br />
|
|
<code>SCK_ADD</code>, <code>SCK_BACK</code>, <code>SCK_DELETE</code>, <code>SCK_DIVIDE</code>,
|
|
<code>SCK_DOWN</code>, <code>SCK_END</code>, <code>SCK_ESCAPE</code>, <code>SCK_HOME</code>,
|
|
<code>SCK_INSERT</code>, <code>SCK_LEFT</code>, <code>SCK_MENU</code>, <code>SCK_NEXT</code> (Page Down),
|
|
<code>SCK_PRIOR</code> (Page Up), <code>SCK_RETURN</code>, <code>SCK_RIGHT</code>,
|
|
<code>SCK_RWIN</code>,
|
|
<code>SCK_SUBTRACT</code>, <code>SCK_TAB</code>, <code>SCK_UP</code>, and
|
|
<code>SCK_WIN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The modifiers are a combination of zero or more of <code>SCMOD_ALT</code>,
|
|
<code>SCMOD_CTRL</code>, <code>SCMOD_SHIFT</code>,
|
|
<code>SCMOD_META</code>, and <code>SCMOD_SUPER</code>.
|
|
On OS X, the Command key is mapped to <code>SCMOD_CTRL</code> and the Control key to
|
|
<code>SCMOD_META</code>.
|
|
<code>SCMOD_SUPER</code> is only available on GTK which is commonly the Windows key.
|
|
If you are building a table, you might
|
|
want to use <code>SCMOD_NORM</code>, which has the value 0, to mean no modifiers.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY">SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY(int <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#keyDefinition">keyDefinition</a>, int sciCommand)</b><br />
|
|
This assigns the given key definition to a Scintilla command identified by
|
|
<code class="parameter">sciCommand</code>. <code class="parameter">sciCommand</code> can be any <code>SCI_*</code> command that has
|
|
no arguments.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CLEARCMDKEY">SCI_CLEARCMDKEY(int <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#keyDefinition">keyDefinition</a>)</b><br />
|
|
This makes the given key definition do nothing by assigning the action <code>SCI_NULL</code>
|
|
to it.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS">SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS</b><br />
|
|
This command removes all keyboard command mapping by setting an empty mapping table.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_NULL">SCI_NULL</b><br />
|
|
The <code>SCI_NULL</code> does nothing and is the value assigned to keys that perform no
|
|
action. SCI_NULL ensures that keys do not propagate to the parent window as that may
|
|
cause focus to move. If you want the standard platform behaviour use the constant 0 instead.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="PopupEditMenu">Popup edit menu</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_USEPOPUP">SCI_USEPOPUP(int popUpMode)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_USEPOPUP">SCI_USEPOPUP(int popUpMode)</b><br />
|
|
Clicking the wrong button on the mouse pops up a short default editing menu. This may be
|
|
turned off with <code>SCI_USEPOPUP(SC_POPUP_NEVER)</code>. If you turn it off, context menu commands (in
|
|
Windows, <code>WM_CONTEXTMENU</code>) will not be handled by Scintilla, so the parent of the
|
|
Scintilla window will have the opportunity to handle the message.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Display context menu mode">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Meaning</th>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_POPUP_NEVER</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Never show default editing menu.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_POPUP_ALL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Show default editing menu if clicking on scintilla.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_POPUP_TEXT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Show default editing menu only if clicking on text area.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="MacroRecording">Macro recording</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Start and stop macro recording mode. In macro recording mode, actions are reported to the
|
|
container through <code><a class="message" href="#SCN_MACRORECORD">SCN_MACRORECORD</a></code>
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#Notifications">notifications</a>. It is then up to the container to
|
|
record these actions for future replay.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_STARTRECORD">SCI_STARTRECORD</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_STOPRECORD">SCI_STOPRECORD</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_STARTRECORD">SCI_STARTRECORD</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_STOPRECORD">SCI_STOPRECORD</b><br />
|
|
These two messages turn macro recording on and off.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Printing">Printing</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_FORMATRANGE</code> can be used to draw the text onto a display surface
|
|
which can include a printer display surface. Printed output shows text styling as on the
|
|
screen, but it hides all margins except a line number margin. All special marker effects are
|
|
removed and the selection and caret are hidden.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Different platforms use different display surface ID types to print on. On Windows, these are
|
|
<code>HDC</code>s., on GTK 3.x <code>cairo_t *</code>,
|
|
and on Cocoa <code>CGContextRef</code> is used.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_FORMATRANGE">SCI_FORMATRANGE(bool draw, Sci_RangeToFormat *fr) → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION">SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION(int
|
|
magnification)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION">SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE">SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE(int mode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE">SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE">SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE(int wrapMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE">SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FORMATRANGE">SCI_FORMATRANGE(bool draw, Sci_RangeToFormat *fr) → position</b><br />
|
|
This call renders a range of text into a device context. If you use
|
|
this for printing, you will probably want to arrange a page header and footer; Scintilla does
|
|
not do this for you. See <code>SciTEWin::Print()</code> in <code>SciTEWinDlg.cxx</code> for an
|
|
example. Each use of this message renders a range of text into a rectangular area and returns
|
|
the position in the document of the next character to print.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code class="parameter">draw</code> controls if any output is done. Set this to false if you are paginating
|
|
(for example, if you use this with MFC you will need to paginate in
|
|
<code>OnBeginPrinting()</code> before you output each page.</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
struct Sci_Rectangle { int left; int top; int right; int bottom; };
|
|
|
|
struct Sci_RangeToFormat {
|
|
Sci_SurfaceID hdc; // The Surface ID we print to
|
|
Sci_SurfaceID hdcTarget; // The Surface ID we use for measuring (may be same as hdc)
|
|
Sci_Rectangle rc; // Rectangle in which to print
|
|
Sci_Rectangle rcPage; // Physically printable page size
|
|
Sci_CharacterRange chrg; // Range of characters to print
|
|
};
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p>On Windows, <code>hdc</code> and <code>hdcTarget</code> should both be set to the device context handle
|
|
of the output device (usually a printer). If you print to a metafile these will not be the same
|
|
as Windows metafiles (unlike extended metafiles) do not implement the full API for returning
|
|
information. In this case, set <code>hdcTarget</code> to the screen DC.<br />
|
|
<code>rcPage</code> is the rectangle <code>{0, 0, maxX, maxY}</code> where <code>maxX+1</code>
|
|
and <code>maxY+1</code> are the number of physically printable pixels in x and y.<br />
|
|
<code>rc</code> is the rectangle to render the text in (which will, of course, fit within the
|
|
rectangle defined by rcPage).<br />
|
|
<code>chrg.cpMin</code> and <code>chrg.cpMax</code> define the start position and maximum
|
|
position of characters to output. All of each line within this character range is drawn.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>On Cocoa, the surface IDs for printing (<code>draw=1</code>) should be the graphics port of the current context
|
|
(<code>(CGContextRef) [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort]</code>) when the view's drawRect method is called.
|
|
The Surface IDs are not really used for measurement (<code>draw=0</code>) but can be set
|
|
to a bitmap context (created with <code>CGBitmapContextCreate</code>) to avoid runtime warnings.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>On GTK, the surface IDs to use can be found from the printing context with
|
|
<code>gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context(context)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>chrg.cpMin</code> and <code>chrg.cpMax</code> define the start position and maximum
|
|
position of characters to output. All of each line within this character range is drawn.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>When printing, the most tedious part is always working out what the margins should be to
|
|
allow for the non-printable area of the paper and printing a header and footer. If you look at
|
|
the printing code in SciTE, you will find that most of it is taken up with this. The loop that
|
|
causes Scintilla to render text is quite simple if you strip out all the margin, non-printable
|
|
area, header and footer code.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION">SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION(int magnification)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION">SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION</code> lets you to print at a different size than the screen
|
|
font. <code class="parameter">magnification</code> is the number of points to add to the size of each screen
|
|
font. A value of -3 or -4 gives reasonably small print. You can get this value with
|
|
<code>SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE">SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE(int mode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE">SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the method used to render coloured text on a printer that is
|
|
probably using white paper. It is especially important to consider the treatment of colour if
|
|
you use a dark or black screen background. Printing white on black uses up toner and ink very
|
|
many times faster than the other way around. You can set the mode to one of:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Colour printing modes">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Purpose</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_NORMAL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Print using the current screen colours with the exception of line number margins which print on a white background.
|
|
This is the default.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>If you use a dark screen background this saves ink by inverting the light value of
|
|
all colours and printing on a white background.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Print all text as black on a white background.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Everything prints in its own colour on a white background.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">4</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Everything prints in its own foreground colour but all styles up to and including STYLE_LINENUMBER will print
|
|
on a white background.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PRINT_SCREENCOLOURS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">5</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Print using the current screen colours for both foreground and background.
|
|
This is the only mode that does not set the background colour of the line number margin to white.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE">SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE(int wrapMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE">SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
These two functions get and set the printer wrap mode. <code class="parameter">wrapMode</code> can be
|
|
set to <code>SC_WRAP_NONE</code> (0), <code>SC_WRAP_WORD</code> (1) or
|
|
<code>SC_WRAP_CHAR</code> (2). The default is
|
|
<code>SC_WRAP_WORD</code>, which wraps printed output so that all characters fit
|
|
into the print rectangle. If you set <code>SC_WRAP_NONE</code>, each line of text
|
|
generates one line of output and the line is truncated if it is too long to fit
|
|
into the print area.<br />
|
|
<code>SC_WRAP_WORD</code> tries to wrap only between words as indicated by
|
|
white space or style changes although if a word is longer than a line, it will be wrapped before
|
|
the line end. <code>SC_WRAP_CHAR</code> is preferred to
|
|
<code>SC_WRAP_WORD</code> for Asian languages where there is no white space
|
|
between words.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="DirectAccess">Direct access</h2>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION">SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER">SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER">SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER">SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER(position start, position lengthRange) → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETGAPPOSITION">SCI_GETGAPPOSITION → position</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>On Windows, the message-passing scheme used to communicate between the container and
|
|
Scintilla is mediated by the operating system <code>SendMessage</code> function and can lead to
|
|
bad performance when calling intensively. To avoid this overhead, Scintilla provides messages
|
|
that allow you to call the Scintilla message function directly. The code to do this in C/C++ is
|
|
of the form:</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
#include "Scintilla.h"
|
|
SciFnDirect pSciMsg = (SciFnDirect)SendMessage(hSciWnd, SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION, 0, 0);
|
|
sptr_t pSciWndData = (sptr_t)SendMessage(hSciWnd, SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// now a wrapper to call Scintilla directly
|
|
sptr_t CallScintilla(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam){
|
|
return pSciMsg(pSciWndData, iMessage, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SciFnDirect</code>, <code>sptr_t</code> and <code>uptr_t</code> are declared in
|
|
<code>Scintilla.h</code>. <code class="parameter">hSciWnd</code> is the window handle returned when you created
|
|
the Scintilla window.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>While faster, this direct calling will cause problems if performed from a different thread
|
|
to the native thread of the Scintilla window in which case <code>SendMessage(hSciWnd, SCI_*,
|
|
wParam, lParam)</code> should be used to synchronize with the window's thread.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>This feature also works on GTK but has no significant impact on speed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>From version 1.47 on Windows, Scintilla exports a function called
|
|
<code>Scintilla_DirectFunction</code> that can be used the same as the function returned by
|
|
<code>SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION</code>. This saves you the call to
|
|
<code>SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION</code> and the need to call Scintilla indirectly via the function
|
|
pointer.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION">SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION → pointer</b><br />
|
|
This message returns the address of the function to call to handle Scintilla messages without
|
|
the overhead of passing through the Windows messaging system. You need only call this once,
|
|
regardless of the number of Scintilla windows you create.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER">SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER → pointer</b><br />
|
|
This returns a pointer to data that identifies which Scintilla window is in use. You must call
|
|
this once for each Scintilla window you create. When you call the direct function, you must
|
|
pass in the direct pointer associated with the target window.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER">SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER → pointer</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER">SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER(position start, position lengthRange) → pointer</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETGAPPOSITION">SCI_GETGAPPOSITION → position</b><br />
|
|
Grant temporary direct read-only access to the memory used by Scintilla to store
|
|
the document.</p>
|
|
<p><code>SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER</code> moves the gap within Scintilla so that the
|
|
text of the document is stored consecutively
|
|
and ensure there is a NUL character after the text, then returns a pointer to the first character.
|
|
Applications may then pass this to a function that accepts a character pointer such as a regular
|
|
expression search or a parser. The pointer should <em>not</em> be written to as that may desynchronize
|
|
the internal state of Scintilla.</p>
|
|
<p>Since any action in Scintilla may change its internal state
|
|
this pointer becomes invalid after any call or by allowing user interface activity. The application
|
|
should reacquire the pointer after making any call to Scintilla or performing any user-interface calls such
|
|
as modifying a progress indicator.</p>
|
|
<p>This call takes similar time to inserting a character at the end of the document and this may
|
|
include moving the document contents. Specifically, all the characters after the document gap
|
|
are moved to before the gap. This compacted state should persist over calls and user interface
|
|
actions that do not change the document contents so reacquiring the pointer afterwards is very
|
|
quick. If this call is used to implement a global replace operation, then each replacement will
|
|
move the gap so if <code>SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER</code> is called after
|
|
each replacement then the operation will become O(n^2) rather than O(n). Instead, all
|
|
matches should be found and remembered, then all the replacements performed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER</code> provides direct access to just the
|
|
range requested. The gap is not moved unless it is within the requested range so this call
|
|
can be faster than <code>SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER</code>.
|
|
This can be used by application code that is able to act on blocks of text or ranges of lines.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_GETGAPPOSITION</code> returns the current gap position.
|
|
This is a hint that applications can use to avoid calling <code>SCI_GETRANGEPOINTER</code>
|
|
with a range that contains the gap and consequent costs of moving the gap.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="MultipleViews">Multiple views</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>A Scintilla window and the document that it displays are separate entities. When you create
|
|
a new window, you also create a new, empty document. Each document has a reference count that
|
|
is initially set to 1. The document also has a list of the Scintilla windows that are linked to
|
|
it so when any window changes the document, all other windows in which it appears are notified
|
|
to cause them to update. The system is arranged in this way so that you can work with many
|
|
documents in a single Scintilla window and so you can display a single document in multiple
|
|
windows (for use with splitter windows).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>These messages use <code>pointer</code> returns and arguments to refer to documents.
|
|
They point to internal objects inside Scintilla and should be treated as an opaque <code>void*</code>. That
|
|
is, you can use and store the pointer as described in this section but you should not
|
|
dereference it.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_GETDOCPOINTER">SCI_GETDOCPOINTER → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETDOCPOINTER">SCI_SETDOCPOINTER(<unused>, pointer doc)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT">SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT(position bytes, int documentOptions) → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT">SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT(<unused>, pointer doc)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT">SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT(<unused>, pointer doc)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETDOCUMENTOPTIONS">SCI_GETDOCUMENTOPTIONS → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETDOCPOINTER">SCI_GETDOCPOINTER → pointer</b><br />
|
|
This returns a pointer to the document currently in use by the window. It has no other
|
|
effect.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETDOCPOINTER">SCI_SETDOCPOINTER(<unused>, pointer doc)</b><br />
|
|
This message does the following:<br />
|
|
1. It removes the current window from the list held by the current document.<br />
|
|
2. It reduces the reference count of the current document by 1.<br />
|
|
3. If the reference count reaches 0, the document is deleted.<br />
|
|
4. <code class="parameter">doc</code> is set as the new document for the window.<br />
|
|
5. If <code class="parameter">doc</code> was 0, a new, empty document is created and attached to the
|
|
window.<br />
|
|
6. If <code class="parameter">doc</code> was not 0, its reference count is increased by 1.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT">SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT(position bytes, int documentOptions) → pointer</b><br />
|
|
This message creates a new, empty document and returns a pointer to it. This document is not
|
|
selected into the editor and starts with a reference count of 1. This means that you have
|
|
ownership of it and must either reduce its reference count by 1 after using
|
|
<code>SCI_SETDOCPOINTER</code> so that the Scintilla window owns it or you must make sure that
|
|
you reduce the reference count by 1 with <code>SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT</code> before you close the
|
|
application to avoid memory leaks. The <code class="parameter">bytes</code> argument determines
|
|
the initial memory allocation for the document as it is more efficient
|
|
to allocate once rather than rely on the buffer growing as data is added.
|
|
If <code>SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT</code> fails then 0 is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p id="documentOptions">The <code class="parameter">documentOptions</code> argument
|
|
chooses between different document capabilities which affect memory allocation and performance with
|
|
<code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_DEFAULT</code> (0) choosing standard options.
|
|
<code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_STYLES_NONE</code> (0x1) stops allocation of memory to style characters
|
|
which saves significant memory, often 40% with the whole document treated as being style 0.
|
|
Lexers may still produce visual styling by using indicators.
|
|
<span class="provisional"><code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_TEXT_LARGE</code> (0x100) accomodates documents larger than 2 GigaBytes
|
|
in 64-bit executables.</span>
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>With <code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_STYLES_NONE</code>, lexers are still active and may display
|
|
indicators. Some may produce folding information althoough most require lexical styles to correctly determine folding.
|
|
Its often more efficient to set the null lexer <code>SCLEX_NULL</code> so no lexer is run.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p class="provisional">The <code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_TEXT_LARGE</code> option is experimental and has not been
|
|
thoroughly tested. Lexers may fail or hang when lexing past 2GB or 4GB.
|
|
Applications using this option should be tested to ensure the option works in their circumstances and each lexer
|
|
included should also be tested with documents larger than 4GB.
|
|
For many applications lexing documents larger than 4GB will be too sluggish so <code>SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_STYLES_NONE</code>
|
|
and the null lexer <code>SCLEX_NULL</code> can be used. Another approach is to turn on idle styling with
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETIDLESTYLING"><code>SCI_SETIDLESTYLING</code></a>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Document options">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_DEFAULT</td>
|
|
<td align="left">0</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Standard behaviour</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_STYLES_NONE</td>
|
|
<td align="left">0x1</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Stop allocation of memory for styles and treat all text as style 0.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left" class="provisional">SC_DOCUMENTOPTION_TEXT_LARGE</td>
|
|
<td align="left">0x100</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Allow document to be larger than 2 GB.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT">SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT(<unused>, pointer doc)</b><br />
|
|
This increases the reference count of a document by 1. If you want to replace the current
|
|
document in the Scintilla window and take ownership of the current document, for example if you
|
|
are editing many documents in one window, do the following:<br />
|
|
1. Use <code>SCI_GETDOCPOINTER</code> to get a pointer to the document,
|
|
<code class="parameter">doc</code>.<br />
|
|
2. Use <code>SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT(0, doc)</code> to increment the reference count.<br />
|
|
3. Use <code>SCI_SETDOCPOINTER(0, docNew)</code> to set a different document or
|
|
<code>SCI_SETDOCPOINTER(0, 0)</code> to set a new, empty document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT">SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT(<unused>, pointer doc)</b><br />
|
|
This message reduces the reference count of the document identified by <code class="parameter">doc</code>. doc
|
|
must be the result of <code>SCI_GETDOCPOINTER</code> or <code>SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT</code> and
|
|
must point at a document that still exists. If you call this on a document with a reference
|
|
count of 1 that is still attached to a Scintilla window, bad things will happen. To keep the
|
|
world spinning in its orbit you must balance each call to <code>SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT</code> or
|
|
<code>SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT</code> with a call to <code>SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETDOCUMENTOPTIONS">SCI_GETDOCUMENTOPTIONS → int</b><br />
|
|
Returns the options that were used to create the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="BackgroundLoadSave">Background loading and saving</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>To ensure a responsive user interface, applications may decide to load and save documents using a separate thread
|
|
from the user interface.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="BackgroundLoad">Loading in the background</h3>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_CREATELOADER">SCI_CREATELOADER(position bytes, int documentOptions) → pointer</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>An application can load all of a file into a buffer it allocates on a background thread and then add the data in that buffer
|
|
into a Scintilla document on the user interface thread. That technique uses extra memory to store a complete copy of the
|
|
file and also means that the time that Scintilla takes to perform initial line end discovery blocks the user interface.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>To avoid these issues, a loader object may be created and used to load the file. The loader object supports the ILoader interface.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CREATELOADER">SCI_CREATELOADER(position bytes, int documentOptions) → pointer</b><br />
|
|
Create an object that supports the <code>ILoader</code> interface which can be used to load data and then
|
|
be turned into a Scintilla document object for attachment to a view object.
|
|
The <code class="parameter">bytes</code> argument determines the initial memory allocation for the document as it is more efficient
|
|
to allocate once rather than rely on the buffer growing as data is added.
|
|
If <code>SCI_CREATELOADER</code> fails then 0 is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code class="parameter">documentOptions</code> argument
|
|
is described in the <a class="seealso" href="#documentOptions"><code>SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT</code></a> section.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h4>ILoader</h4>
|
|
|
|
<div class="highlighted">
|
|
<span class="S5">class</span><span class="S0"> </span>ILoader<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">{</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S5">public</span><span class="S10">:</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Release<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S2">// Returns a status code from SC_STATUS_*</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>AddData<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>data<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>length<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>ConvertToDocument<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S10">};</span><br />
|
|
</div>
|
|
|
|
<p>The application should call the <code>AddData</code> method with each block of data read from the file.
|
|
<code>AddData</code> will return SC_STATUS_OK unless a failure, such as memory exhaustion occurs.
|
|
If a failure occurs in <code>AddData</code> or in a file reading call then loading can be abandoned and the loader released with
|
|
the <code>Release</code> call.
|
|
When the whole file has been read, <code>ConvertToDocument</code> should be called to produce a Scintilla
|
|
document pointer. The newly created document will have a reference count of 1 in the same way as a document pointer
|
|
returned from
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT">SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT</a>.
|
|
There is no need to call <code>Release</code> after <code>ConvertToDocument</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="BackgroundSave">Saving in the background</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>An application that wants to save in the background should lock the document with <code>SCI_SETREADONLY(1)</code>
|
|
to prevent modifications and retrieve a pointer to the unified document contents with
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER">SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER</a>.
|
|
The buffer of a locked document will not move so the pointer is valid until the application calls <code>SCI_SETREADONLY(0)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If the user tries to performs a modification while the document is locked then a <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO">SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO</a></code> notification is sent to the application.
|
|
The application may then decide to ignore the modification or to terminate the background saving thread and reenable
|
|
modification before returning from the notification.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Folding">Folding</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>The fundamental operation in folding is making lines invisible or visible. Line visibility
|
|
is a property of the view rather than the document so each view may be displaying a different
|
|
set of lines. From the point of view of the user, lines are hidden and displayed using fold
|
|
points. Generally, the fold points of a document are based on the hierarchical structure of the
|
|
document contents. In Python, the hierarchy is determined by indentation and in C++ by brace
|
|
characters. This hierarchy can be represented within a Scintilla document object by attaching a
|
|
numeric "fold level" to each line. The fold level is most easily set by a lexer, but you can
|
|
also set it with messages.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>It is up to your code to set the connection between user actions and folding and unfolding.
|
|
The best way to see how this is done is to search the SciTE source code for the messages used
|
|
in this section of the documentation and see how they are used. You will also need to use
|
|
markers and a folding margin to complete your folding implementation.
|
|
The <code>"fold"</code> property should be set to <code>"1"</code> with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETPROPERTY("fold", "1")</code> to enable folding. </p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE">SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE(line docLine) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE">SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE(line displayLine) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SHOWLINES">SCI_SHOWLINES(line lineStart, line lineEnd)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_HIDELINES">SCI_HIDELINES(line lineStart, line lineEnd)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE(line line) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETALLLINESVISIBLE">SCI_GETALLLINESVISIBLE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL">SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL(line line, int level)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL">SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL(line line) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETAUTOMATICFOLD">SCI_SETAUTOMATICFOLD(int automaticFold)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETAUTOMATICFOLD">SCI_GETAUTOMATICFOLD → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS">SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS(int flags)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLASTCHILD">SCI_GETLASTCHILD(line line, int level) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFOLDPARENT">SCI_GETFOLDPARENT(line line) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED">SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED(line line, bool
|
|
expanded)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED">SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED(line line) → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CONTRACTEDFOLDNEXT">SCI_CONTRACTEDFOLDNEXT(line lineStart) → line</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TOGGLEFOLD">SCI_TOGGLEFOLD(line line)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TOGGLEFOLDSHOWTEXT">SCI_TOGGLEFOLDSHOWTEXT(line line, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTSETSTYLE">SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTSETSTYLE(int style)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTGETSTYLE">SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTGETSTYLE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT">SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT(<unused>, const char *text)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT">SCI_GETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FOLDLINE">SCI_FOLDLINE(line line, int action)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FOLDCHILDREN">SCI_FOLDCHILDREN(line line, int action)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FOLDALL">SCI_FOLDALL(int action)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_EXPANDCHILDREN">SCI_EXPANDCHILDREN(line line, int level)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE">SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE(line line)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY">SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY(line
|
|
line)</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE">SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE(line docLine) → line</b><br />
|
|
When some lines are hidden and/or annotations are displayed, then a particular line in the
|
|
document may be displayed at a
|
|
different position to its document position. If no lines are hidden and there are no annotations,
|
|
this message returns
|
|
<code class="parameter">docLine</code>. Otherwise, this returns the display line (counting the very first visible
|
|
line as 0). The display line of an invisible line is the same as the previous visible line. The
|
|
display line number of the first line in the document is 0. If lines are hidden and
|
|
<code class="parameter">docLine</code> is outside the range of lines in the document, the return value is -1.
|
|
Lines can occupy more than one display line if they wrap.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE">SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE(line displayLine) → line</b><br />
|
|
When some lines are hidden and/or annotations are displayed, then a particular line in the
|
|
document may be displayed at a
|
|
different position to its document position. This message returns the document line number that
|
|
corresponds to a display line (counting the display line of the first line in the document as
|
|
0). If <code class="parameter">displayLine</code> is less than or equal to 0, the result is 0. If
|
|
<code class="parameter">displayLine</code> is greater than or equal to the number of displayed lines, the result
|
|
is the number of lines in the document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SHOWLINES">SCI_SHOWLINES(line lineStart, line lineEnd)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_HIDELINES">SCI_HIDELINES(line lineStart, line lineEnd)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE">SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE(line line) → bool</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETALLLINESVISIBLE">SCI_GETALLLINESVISIBLE → bool</b><br />
|
|
The first two messages mark a range of lines as visible or invisible and then redraw the
|
|
display.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE</code> reports on the visible state of a line and returns 1 if it is
|
|
visible and 0 if it is not visible.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETALLLINESVISIBLE</code> returns 1 if all lines are visible and 0
|
|
if some lines are hidden.
|
|
These messages have no effect on fold levels or fold
|
|
flags. The first line can not be hidden.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL">SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL(line line, int level)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL">SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL(line line) → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get a 32-bit value that contains the fold level of a line and some
|
|
flags associated with folding. The fold level is a number in the range 0 to
|
|
<code>SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK</code> (0x0FFF). However, the initial fold level is set to
|
|
<code>SC_FOLDLEVELBASE</code> (0x400) to allow unsigned arithmetic on folding levels. There are
|
|
two addition flag bits. <code>SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG</code> indicates that the line is blank and
|
|
allows it to be treated slightly different then its level may indicate. For example, blank
|
|
lines should generally not be fold points and will be considered part of the preceding section even though
|
|
they may have a lesser fold level.
|
|
<code>SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG</code> indicates that
|
|
the line is a header (fold point).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Use <code>SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL(line) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK</code> to get the fold level
|
|
of a line. Likewise, use <code>SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL(line) & SC_FOLDLEVEL*FLAG</code> to get the
|
|
state of the flags. To set the fold level you must or in the associated flags. For instance, to
|
|
set the level to <code>thisLevel</code> and mark a line as being a fold point use:
|
|
<code>SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL(line, thisLevel | SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)</code>.</p>
|
|
If you use a lexer, you should not need to use <code>SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL</code> as this is far
|
|
better handled by the lexer. You will need to use <code>SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL</code> to decide how
|
|
to handle user folding requests. If you do change the fold levels, the folding margin will
|
|
update to match your changes.
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS">SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS(int flags)</b><br />
|
|
In addition to showing markers in the folding margin, you can indicate folds to the user by
|
|
drawing lines in the text area. The lines are drawn in the foreground colour set for <a
|
|
class="message" href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code></a>. Bits set in
|
|
<code class="parameter">flags</code> determine where folding lines are drawn:<br />
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Fold flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
<td align="left">1</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Experimental feature that has been removed.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED</td>
|
|
<td align="left">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Draw above if expanded</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED</td>
|
|
<td align="left">4</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Draw above if not expanded</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED</td>
|
|
<td align="left">8</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Draw below if expanded</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED</td>
|
|
<td align="left">16</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Draw below if not expanded</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS</td>
|
|
<td align="left">64</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">display hexadecimal fold levels in line margin to aid debugging of
|
|
folding. The appearance of this feature may change in the future.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDFLAG_LINESTATE</td>
|
|
<td align="left">128</td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">display hexadecimal line state in line margin to aid debugging of lexing and folding.
|
|
May not be used at the same time as <code>SC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>This message causes the display to redraw.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETLASTCHILD">SCI_GETLASTCHILD(line line, int level) → line</b><br />
|
|
This message searches for the next line after <code class="parameter">line</code>, that has a folding level
|
|
that is less than or equal to <code class="parameter">level</code> and then returns the previous line number. If
|
|
you set <code class="parameter">level</code> to -1, <code class="parameter">level</code> is set to the folding level of line
|
|
<code class="parameter">line</code>. If <code>from</code> is a fold point, <code>SCI_GETLASTCHILD(from,
|
|
-1)</code> returns the last line that would be in made visible or hidden by toggling the fold
|
|
state.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETFOLDPARENT">SCI_GETFOLDPARENT(line line) → line</b><br />
|
|
This message returns the line number of the first line before <code class="parameter">line</code> that is
|
|
marked as a fold point with <code>SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG</code> and has a fold level less than
|
|
the <code class="parameter">line</code>. If no line is found, or if the header flags and fold levels are
|
|
inconsistent, the return value is -1.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TOGGLEFOLD">SCI_TOGGLEFOLD(line line)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_TOGGLEFOLDSHOWTEXT">SCI_TOGGLEFOLDSHOWTEXT(line line, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
Each fold point may be either expanded, displaying all its child lines, or contracted, hiding
|
|
all the child lines. These messages toggle the folding state of the given line as long as it has
|
|
the <code>SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG</code> set. These messages take care of folding or expanding
|
|
all the lines that depend on the line. The display updates after this message.</p>
|
|
<p>An optional text tag may be shown to the right of the folded text with the
|
|
<code class="parameter">text</code> argument to
|
|
<code>SCI_TOGGLEFOLDSHOWTEXT</code>.
|
|
The default text for all header lines can be set with <code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT">SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT</a></code>.
|
|
The text is drawn with the
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#StyleDefinition">STYLE_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT</a></code> style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTSETSTYLE">SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTSETSTYLE(int style)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTGETSTYLE">SCI_FOLDDISPLAYTEXTGETSTYLE → int</b><br />
|
|
These message changes the appearance of fold text tags.</p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Fold flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_HIDDEN</td>
|
|
<td align="left">0</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Do not display the text tags. This is the default.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_STANDARD</td>
|
|
<td align="left">1</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Display the text tags.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_BOXED</td>
|
|
<td align="left">2</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Display the text tags with a box drawn around them.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT">SCI_SETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT(<unused>, const char *text)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT">SCI_GETDEFAULTFOLDDISPLAYTEXT(<unused>, char *text) → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the default text displayed at the right of the folded text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED">SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED(line line, bool expanded)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED">SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED(line line) → bool</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the expanded state of a single line. The set message has no effect
|
|
on the visible state of the line or any lines that depend on it. It does change the markers in
|
|
the folding margin. If you ask for the expansion state of a line that is outside the document,
|
|
the result is <code>false</code> (0).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If you just want to toggle the fold state of one line and handle all the lines that are
|
|
dependent on it, it is much easier to use <code>SCI_TOGGLEFOLD</code>. You would use the
|
|
<code>SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED</code> message to process many folds without updating the display
|
|
until you had finished. See <code>SciTEBase::FoldAll()</code> and
|
|
<code>SciTEBase::Expand()</code> for examples of the use of these messages.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FOLDLINE">SCI_FOLDLINE(line line, int action)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_FOLDCHILDREN">SCI_FOLDCHILDREN(line line, int action)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_FOLDALL">SCI_FOLDALL(int action)</b><br />
|
|
These messages provide a higher-level approach to folding instead of setting expanded flags and showing
|
|
or hiding individual lines.</p>
|
|
<p>An individual fold can be contracted/expanded/toggled with <code>SCI_FOLDLINE</code>.
|
|
To affect all child folds as well call <code>SCI_FOLDCHILDREN</code>.</p>
|
|
<p>To affect the entire document call <code>SCI_FOLDALL</code>. With <code>SC_FOLDACTION_TOGGLE</code>
|
|
the first fold header in the document is examined to decide whether to expand or contract.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Fold flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT</td>
|
|
<td align="left">0</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Contract.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDACTION_EXPAND</td>
|
|
<td align="left">1</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Expand.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_FOLDACTION_TOGGLE</td>
|
|
<td align="left">2</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Toggle between contracted and expanded.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_EXPANDCHILDREN">SCI_EXPANDCHILDREN(line line, int level)</b><br />
|
|
This is used to respond to a change to a line causing its fold level or whether it is a header to change,
|
|
perhaps when adding or removing a '{'.</p>
|
|
<p>By the time the container has received the notification that the line has changed,
|
|
the fold level has already been set, so the container has to use the previous level in this call
|
|
so that any range hidden underneath this line can be shown.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETAUTOMATICFOLD">SCI_SETAUTOMATICFOLD(int automaticFold)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETAUTOMATICFOLD">SCI_GETAUTOMATICFOLD → int</b><br />
|
|
Instead of implementing all the logic for handling folding in the container, Scintilla can provide behaviour
|
|
that is adequate for many applications. The <code class="parameter">automaticFold</code> argument is a bit set defining
|
|
which of the 3 pieces of folding implementation should be enabled. Most applications should be able to use the
|
|
<code>SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW</code> and <code>SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CHANGE</code>
|
|
flags unless they wish to implement quite different behaviour such as defining their own fold structure.
|
|
<code>SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CLICK</code> is more likely to be set off when an application would
|
|
like to add or change click behaviour such as showing method headers only when Shift+Alt is used in
|
|
conjunction with a click.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Fold flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW</td>
|
|
<td align="left">1</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Automatically show lines as needed.
|
|
This avoids sending the <code>SCN_NEEDSHOWN</code> notification.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CLICK</td>
|
|
<td align="left">2</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Handle clicks in fold margin automatically.
|
|
This avoids sending the <code>SCN_MARGINCLICK</code> notification for folding margins.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left">SC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CHANGE</td>
|
|
<td align="left">4</td>
|
|
<td align="left">Show lines as needed when fold structure is changed.
|
|
The <code>SCN_MODIFIED</code> notification is still sent unless it is disabled by the
|
|
container.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CONTRACTEDFOLDNEXT">SCI_CONTRACTEDFOLDNEXT(line lineStart) → line</b><br />
|
|
Search efficiently for lines that are contracted fold headers.
|
|
This is useful when saving the user's folding when switching documents or saving folding with a file.
|
|
The search starts at line number <code class="parameter">lineStart</code> and continues forwards to the end of the file.
|
|
<code class="parameter">lineStart</code> is returned if it is a contracted fold header otherwise the next contracted
|
|
fold header is returned. If there are no more contracted fold headers then -1 is returned.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE">SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE(line line)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY">SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY(line line)</b><br />
|
|
A line may be hidden because more than one of its parent lines is contracted. Both these
|
|
message travels up the fold hierarchy, expanding any contracted folds until they reach the top
|
|
level. The line will then be visible. If you use <code>SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY</code>,
|
|
the vertical caret policy set by <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY"><code>SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY</code></a> is then applied.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="LineWrapping">Line wrapping</h2>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWRAPMODE">SCI_SETWRAPMODE(int wrapMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWRAPMODE">SCI_GETWRAPMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS">SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS(int wrapVisualFlags)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS">SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION">SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION(int wrapVisualFlagsLocation)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION">SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWRAPINDENTMODE">SCI_SETWRAPINDENTMODE(int wrapIndentMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWRAPINDENTMODE">SCI_GETWRAPINDENTMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT">SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT(int indent)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT">SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE">SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE(int cacheMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE">SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE">SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE(int size)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE">SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINESSPLIT">SCI_LINESSPLIT(int pixelWidth)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LINESJOIN">SCI_LINESJOIN</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_WRAPCOUNT">SCI_WRAPCOUNT(line docLine) → line</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>By default, Scintilla does not wrap lines of text. If you enable line wrapping, lines wider
|
|
than the window width are continued on the following lines. Lines are broken after space or tab
|
|
characters or between runs of different styles. If this is not possible because a word in one
|
|
style is wider than the window then the break occurs after the last character that completely
|
|
fits on the line. The horizontal scroll bar does not appear when wrap mode is on.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For wrapped lines Scintilla can draw visual flags (little arrows) at end of a a subline of a
|
|
wrapped line and at begin of the next subline. These can be enabled individually, but if Scintilla
|
|
draws the visual flag at the beginning of the next subline this subline will be indented by one char.
|
|
Independent from drawing a visual flag at the begin the subline can have an indention.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Much of the time used by Scintilla is spent on laying out and drawing text. The same text
|
|
layout calculations may be performed many times even when the data used in these calculations
|
|
does not change. To avoid these unnecessary calculations in some circumstances, the line layout
|
|
cache can store the results of the calculations. The cache is invalidated whenever the
|
|
underlying data, such as the contents or styling of the document changes. Caching the layout of
|
|
the whole document has the most effect, making dynamic line wrap as much as 20 times faster but
|
|
this requires 7 times the memory required by the document contents plus around 80 bytes per
|
|
line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Wrapping is not performed immediately there is a change but is delayed until the display
|
|
is redrawn. This delay improves performance by allowing a set of changes to be performed
|
|
and then wrapped and displayed once. Because of this, some operations may not occur as
|
|
expected. If a file is read and the scroll position moved to a particular line in the text,
|
|
such as occurs when a container tries to restore a previous editing session, then
|
|
the scroll position will have been determined before wrapping so an unexpected range
|
|
of text will be displayed. To scroll to the position correctly, delay the scroll until the
|
|
wrapping has been performed by waiting for an initial
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_PAINTED">SCN_PAINTED</a> notification.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWRAPMODE">SCI_SETWRAPMODE(int wrapMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWRAPMODE">SCI_GETWRAPMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
Set wrapMode to <code>SC_WRAP_WORD</code> (1) to enable wrapping
|
|
on word or style boundaries, <code>SC_WRAP_CHAR</code> (2) to enable wrapping
|
|
between any characters, <code>SC_WRAP_WHITESPACE</code> (3) to enable
|
|
wrapping on whitespace, and <code>SC_WRAP_NONE</code> (0) to disable line
|
|
wrapping. <code>SC_WRAP_CHAR</code> is preferred for Asian languages where
|
|
there is no white space between words.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS">SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS(int wrapVisualFlags)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS">SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS → int</b><br />
|
|
You can enable the drawing of visual flags to indicate a line is wrapped. Bits set in
|
|
wrapVisualFlags determine which visual flags are drawn.
|
|
</p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Wrap visual flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
<td>No visual flags</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flag at end of subline of a wrapped line.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flag at begin of subline of a wrapped line.<br />
|
|
Subline is indented by at least 1 to make room for the flag.<br />
|
|
</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_MARGIN</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">4</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flag in line number margin.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION">SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION(int wrapVisualFlagsLocation)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION">SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION → int</b><br />
|
|
You can set whether the visual flags to indicate a line is wrapped are drawn near the border or near the text.
|
|
Bits set in wrapVisualFlagsLocation set the location to near the text for the corresponding visual flag.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Wrap visual flags locations">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flags drawn near border</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flag at end of subline drawn near text</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
<td>Visual flag at beginning of subline drawn near text</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWRAPINDENTMODE">SCI_SETWRAPINDENTMODE(int wrapIndentMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWRAPINDENTMODE">SCI_GETWRAPINDENTMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
Wrapped sublines can be indented to the position of their first subline or one more indent level.
|
|
The default is <code>SC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED</code>.
|
|
The modes are:
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Wrap visual flags locations">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Effect</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
<td>
|
|
Wrapped sublines aligned to left of window plus amount set by
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT">SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT</a>
|
|
</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPINDENT_SAME</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
<td>Wrapped sublines are aligned to first subline indent</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPINDENT_INDENT</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
<td>Wrapped sublines are aligned to first subline indent plus one more level of indentation</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_WRAPINDENT_DEEPINDENT</code></td>
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
<td>Wrapped sublines are aligned to first subline indent plus two more levels of indentation</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT">SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT(int indent)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT">SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT</code> sets the size of indentation of sublines for
|
|
wrapped lines in terms of the average character width in
|
|
<a class="message" href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code></a>.
|
|
There are no limits on indent sizes, but values less than 0 or large values may have
|
|
undesirable effects.<br />
|
|
The indention of sublines is independent of visual flags, but if
|
|
<code>SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START</code> is set an indent of at least 1 is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE">SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE(int cacheMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE">SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE → int</b><br />
|
|
You can set <code class="parameter">cacheMode</code> to one of the symbols in the table:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Line caching styles">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Layout cached for these lines</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_CACHE_NONE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>No lines are cached.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_CACHE_CARET</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The line containing the text caret. This is the default.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_CACHE_PAGE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Visible lines plus the line containing the caret.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_CACHE_DOCUMENT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>All lines in the document.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE">SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE(int size)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE">SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE → int</b><br />
|
|
The position cache stores position information for short runs of text
|
|
so that their layout can be determined more quickly if the run recurs.
|
|
The size in entries of this cache can be set with <code>SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINESSPLIT">SCI_LINESSPLIT(int pixelWidth)</b><br />
|
|
Split a range of lines indicated by the target into lines that are at most pixelWidth wide.
|
|
Splitting occurs on word boundaries wherever possible in a similar manner to line wrapping.
|
|
When <code class="parameter">pixelWidth</code> is 0 then the width of the window is used.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LINESJOIN">SCI_LINESJOIN</b><br />
|
|
Join a range of lines indicated by the target into one line by
|
|
removing line end characters.
|
|
Where this would lead to no space between words, an extra space is inserted.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_WRAPCOUNT">SCI_WRAPCOUNT(line docLine) → line</b><br />
|
|
Document lines can occupy more than one display line if they wrap and this
|
|
returns the number of display lines needed to wrap a document line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Zooming">Zooming</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla incorporates a "zoom factor" that lets you make all the text in the document
|
|
larger or smaller in steps of one point. The displayed point size never goes below 2, whatever
|
|
zoom factor you set. You can set zoom factors in the range -10 to +20 points.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_ZOOMIN">SCI_ZOOMIN</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ZOOMOUT">SCI_ZOOMOUT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETZOOM">SCI_SETZOOM(int zoomInPoints)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETZOOM">SCI_GETZOOM → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ZOOMIN">SCI_ZOOMIN</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_ZOOMOUT">SCI_ZOOMOUT</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_ZOOMIN</code> increases the zoom factor by one point if the current zoom factor is
|
|
less than 20 points. <code>SCI_ZOOMOUT</code> decreases the zoom factor by one point if the
|
|
current zoom factor is greater than -10 points.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETZOOM">SCI_SETZOOM(int zoomInPoints)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETZOOM">SCI_GETZOOM → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages let you set and get the zoom factor directly. There is no limit set on the
|
|
factors you can set, so limiting yourself to -10 to +20 to match the incremental zoom functions
|
|
is a good idea.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="LongLines">Long lines</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>You can choose to mark lines that exceed a given length by drawing a vertical line or by
|
|
colouring the background of characters that exceed the set length.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEDGEMODE">SCI_SETEDGEMODE(int edgeMode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEDGEMODE">SCI_GETEDGEMODE → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN">SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN(position column)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN">SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN → position</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR">SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR(colour edgeColour)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR">SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR → colour</a><br />
|
|
<br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MULTIEDGEADDLINE">SCI_MULTIEDGEADDLINE(position column, colour edgeColour)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_MULTIEDGECLEARALL">SCI_MULTIEDGECLEARALL</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETEDGEMODE">SCI_SETEDGEMODE(int edgeMode)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEDGEMODE">SCI_GETEDGEMODE → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the mode used to display long lines. You can set one of the
|
|
values in the table:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Long line styles">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Long line display mode</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>EDGE_NONE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Long lines are not marked. This is the default state.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>EDGE_LINE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A vertical line is drawn at the column number set by <code>SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN</code>.
|
|
This works well for monospaced fonts. The line is drawn at a position based on the width
|
|
of a space character in <a class="message"
|
|
href="#StyleDefinition"><code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code></a>, so it may not work very well if
|
|
your styles use proportional fonts or if your style have varied font sizes or you use a
|
|
mixture of bold, italic and normal text.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>EDGE_BACKGROUND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The background colour of characters after the column limit is changed to the colour
|
|
set by <code>SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR</code>. This is recommended for proportional fonts.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>EDGE_MULTILINE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is similar to <code>EDGE_LINE</code> but in contrary to showing only one single
|
|
line a configurable set of vertical lines can be shown simultaneously. This <code>edgeMode
|
|
</code> uses a completely independent dataset that can only be configured by using the
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIEDGE*</code> messages.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN">SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN(position column)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN">SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN → position</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the column number at which to display the long line marker. When
|
|
drawing lines, the column sets a position in units of the width of a space character in
|
|
<code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code>. When setting the background colour, the column is a character count
|
|
(allowing for tabs) into the line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR">SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR(<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> edgeColour)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR">SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR → colour</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get the colour of the marker used to show that a line has exceeded the
|
|
length set by <code>SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_MULTIEDGEADDLINE">SCI_MULTIEDGEADDLINE(position column,
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#colour">colour</a> edgeColour)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_MULTIEDGECLEARALL">SCI_MULTIEDGECLEARALL</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIEDGEADDLINE</code> adds a new vertical edge to the view. The edge will be
|
|
displayed at the given column number. The resulting edge position depends on the metric
|
|
of a space character in <code>STYLE_DEFAULT</code>. All the edges can be cleared with
|
|
<code>SCI_MULTIEDGECLEARALL</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Accessibility">Accessibility</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla supports some platform accessibility features.
|
|
This support differs between platforms.
|
|
On GTK and Cocoa the platform accessibility APIs are implemented sufficiently to
|
|
make screen readers work.
|
|
On Win32, the system caret is manipulated to help screen readers.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY">SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY(int accessibility)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETACCESSIBILITY">SCI_GETACCESSIBILITY → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY">SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY(int accessibility)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETACCESSIBILITY">SCI_GETACCESSIBILITY → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages may enable or disable accessibility and report its current status.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>On most platforms, accessibility is either implemented or not implemented and this can be
|
|
discovered with <code>SCI_GETACCESSIBILITY</code> with
|
|
<code>SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY</code> performing no action.
|
|
On GTK, there are storage and performance costs to accessibility, so it can be disabled
|
|
by calling <code>SCI_SETACCESSIBILITY</code>.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Accessibility status">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Accessibility status</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_ACCESSIBILITY_DISABLED</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Accessibility is disabled.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_ACCESSIBILITY_ENABLED</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Accessibility is enabled.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Lexer">Lexer</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>If you define the symbol <code>SCI_LEXER</code> when building Scintilla, (this is sometimes
|
|
called the SciLexer version of Scintilla), lexing support for a wide range of programming
|
|
languages is included and the messages in this section are supported. If you want to set
|
|
styling and fold points for an unsupported language you can either do this in the container or
|
|
better still, write your own lexer following the pattern of one of the existing ones.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla also supports external lexers. These are DLLs (on Windows) or .so modules (on GTK/Linux) that export three
|
|
functions: <code>GetLexerCount</code>, <code>GetLexerName</code>, and
|
|
<code>GetLexerFactory</code>. See <code>externalLexer.cxx</code> for more.</p>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLEXER">SCI_SETLEXER(int lexer)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLEXER">SCI_GETLEXER → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE">SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE(<unused>, const char
|
|
*language)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETLEXERLANGUAGE">SCI_GETLEXERLANGUAGE(<unused>, char *language) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY">SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY(<unused>, const char
|
|
*path)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_COLOURISE">SCI_COLOURISE(position start, position end)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_CHANGELEXERSTATE">SCI_CHANGELEXERSTATE(position start, position end) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_PROPERTYNAMES">SCI_PROPERTYNAMES(<unused>, char *names) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_PROPERTYTYPE">SCI_PROPERTYTYPE(const char *name) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DESCRIBEPROPERTY">SCI_DESCRIBEPROPERTY(const char *name, char *description) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPROPERTY">SCI_SETPROPERTY(const char *key, const char *value)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPROPERTY">SCI_GETPROPERTY(const char *key, char *value) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED">SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED(const char *key, char *value) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPROPERTYINT">SCI_GETPROPERTYINT(const char *key, int defaultValue) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DESCRIBEKEYWORDSETS">SCI_DESCRIBEKEYWORDSETS(<unused>, char *descriptions) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETKEYWORDS">SCI_SETKEYWORDS(int keyWordSet, const char
|
|
*keyWords)</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSUBSTYLEBASES">SCI_GETSUBSTYLEBASES(<unused>, char *styles) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DISTANCETOSECONDARYSTYLES">SCI_DISTANCETOSECONDARYSTYLES → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ALLOCATESUBSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATESUBSTYLES(int styleBase, int numberStyles) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_FREESUBSTYLES">SCI_FREESUBSTYLES</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSUBSTYLESSTART">SCI_GETSUBSTYLESSTART(int styleBase) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSUBSTYLESLENGTH">SCI_GETSUBSTYLESLENGTH(int styleBase) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEFROMSUBSTYLE">SCI_GETSTYLEFROMSUBSTYLE(int subStyle) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETPRIMARYSTYLEFROMSTYLE">SCI_GETPRIMARYSTYLEFROMSTYLE(int style) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETIDENTIFIERS">SCI_SETIDENTIFIERS(int style, const char *identifiers)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_PRIVATELEXERCALL">SCI_PRIVATELEXERCALL(int operation, pointer pointer) → pointer</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETNAMEDSTYLES">SCI_GETNAMEDSTYLES → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_NAMEOFSTYLE">SCI_NAMEOFSTYLE(int style, char *name) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_TAGSOFSTYLE">SCI_TAGSOFSTYLE(int style, char *tags) → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_DESCRIPTIONOFSTYLE">SCI_DESCRIPTIONOFSTYLE(int style, char *description) → int</a><br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLEXER">SCI_SETLEXER(int lexer)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLEXER">SCI_GETLEXER → int</b><br />
|
|
You can select the lexer to use with an integer code from the <code>SCLEX_*</code> enumeration
|
|
in <code>Scintilla.h</code>. There are two codes in this sequence that do not use lexers:
|
|
<code>SCLEX_NULL</code> to select no lexing action and <code>SCLEX_CONTAINER</code> which sends
|
|
the <code><a class="message" href="#SCN_STYLENEEDED">SCN_STYLENEEDED</a></code> notification to
|
|
the container whenever a range of text needs to be styled. You cannot use the
|
|
<code>SCLEX_AUTOMATIC</code> value; this identifies additional external lexers that Scintilla
|
|
assigns unused lexer numbers to.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE">SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE(<unused>, const char *language)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETLEXERLANGUAGE">SCI_GETLEXERLANGUAGE(<unused>, char *language NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE</code> lets you select a lexer by name, and is the only method if you are using an
|
|
external lexer or if you have written a lexer module for a language of your own and do not wish
|
|
to assign it an explicit lexer number. To select an existing lexer, set <code class="parameter">language</code> to
|
|
match the (case sensitive) name given to the module, for example "ada" or "python", not "Ada"
|
|
or "Python". To locate the name for the built-in lexers, open the relevant
|
|
<code>Lex*.cxx</code> file and search for <code>LexerModule</code>. The third argument in the
|
|
<code>LexerModule</code> constructor is the name to use.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>To test if your lexer assignment worked, use <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_GETLEXER"><code>SCI_GETLEXER</code></a> before and after setting the new lexer to
|
|
see if the lexer number changed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SCI_GETLEXERLANGUAGE</code> retrieves the name of the lexer.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY">SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY(<unused>, const char *path)</b><br />
|
|
Load a lexer implemented in a shared library. This is a .so file on GTK/Linux or a .DLL file on Windows.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_COLOURISE">SCI_COLOURISE(position start, position end)</b><br />
|
|
This requests the current lexer or the container (if the lexer is set to
|
|
<code>SCLEX_CONTAINER</code>) to style the document between <code class="parameter">start</code> and
|
|
<code class="parameter">end</code>. If <code class="parameter">end</code> is -1, the document is styled from
|
|
<code class="parameter">start</code> to the end. If the <code>"fold"</code> property is set to
|
|
<code>"1"</code> and your lexer or container supports folding, fold levels are also set. This
|
|
message causes a redraw.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_CHANGELEXERSTATE">SCI_CHANGELEXERSTATE(position start, position end) → int</b><br />
|
|
Indicate that the internal state of a lexer has changed over a range and therefore
|
|
there may be a need to redraw.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_PROPERTYNAMES">SCI_PROPERTYNAMES(<unused>, char *names NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_PROPERTYTYPE">SCI_PROPERTYTYPE(const char *name) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_DESCRIBEPROPERTY">SCI_DESCRIBEPROPERTY(const char *name, char *description NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
Information may be retrieved about the properties that can be set for the current lexer.
|
|
This information is only available for newer lexers.
|
|
<code>SCI_PROPERTYNAMES</code> returns a string with all of the valid properties separated by "\n".
|
|
If the lexer does not support this call then an empty string is returned.
|
|
Properties may be boolean (<code>SC_TYPE_BOOLEAN</code>), integer (<code>SC_TYPE_INTEGER</code>),
|
|
or string (<code>SC_TYPE_STRING</code>) and this is found with <code>SCI_PROPERTYTYPE</code>.
|
|
A description of a property in English is returned by <code>SCI_DESCRIBEPROPERTY</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETPROPERTY">SCI_SETPROPERTY(const char *key, const char *value)</b><br />
|
|
You can communicate settings to lexers with keyword:value string pairs. There is no limit to
|
|
the number of keyword pairs you can set, other than available memory. <code class="parameter">key</code> is a
|
|
case sensitive keyword, <code class="parameter">value</code> is a string that is associated with the keyword. If
|
|
there is already a value string associated with the keyword, it is replaced. If you pass a zero
|
|
length string, the message does nothing. Both <code class="parameter">key</code> and <code class="parameter">value</code> are used
|
|
without modification; extra spaces at the beginning or end of <code class="parameter">key</code> are
|
|
significant.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code class="parameter">value</code> string can refer to other keywords. For example,
|
|
<code>SCI_SETPROPERTY("foldTimes10", "$(fold)0")</code> stores the string
|
|
<code>"$(fold)0"</code>, but when this is accessed, the <code>$(fold)</code> is replaced by the
|
|
value of the <code>"fold"</code> keyword (or by nothing if this keyword does not exist).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Currently the "fold" property is defined for most of the lexers to set the fold structure if
|
|
set to "1". <code>SCLEX_PYTHON</code> understands <code>"tab.timmy.whinge.level"</code> as a
|
|
setting that determines how to indicate bad indentation. Most keywords have values that are
|
|
interpreted as integers. Search the lexer sources for <code>GetPropertyInt</code> to see how
|
|
properties are used.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>There is a convention for naming properties used by lexers so that the set of properties can be found by scripts.
|
|
Property names should start with "lexer.<lexer>." or "fold.<lexer>." when they apply to one
|
|
lexer or start with "lexer." or "fold." if they apply to multiple lexers.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Applications may discover the set of properties used by searching the source code of lexers for lines that contain
|
|
<code>GetProperty</code> and a double quoted string and extract the value of the double quoted string as the property name.
|
|
The <code>scintilla/scripts/LexGen.py</code> script does this and can be used as an example.
|
|
Documentation for the property may be located above the call as a multi-line comment starting with
|
|
<br/><code>// property <property-name></code></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETPROPERTY">SCI_GETPROPERTY(const char *key, char *value NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
Lookup a keyword:value pair using the specified key; if found, copy the value to the user-supplied
|
|
buffer and return the length (not including the terminating 0). If not found, copy an empty string
|
|
to the buffer and return 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Note that "keyword replacement" as described in <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPROPERTY">
|
|
<code>SCI_SETPROPERTY</code></a> will not be performed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If the value argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated to store the value is returned;
|
|
again, the terminating 0 is not included.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED">SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED(const char *key, char *value) → int</b><br />
|
|
Lookup a keyword:value pair using the specified key; if found, copy the value to the user-supplied
|
|
buffer and return the length (not including the terminating 0). If not found, copy an empty string
|
|
to the buffer and return 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Note that "keyword replacement" as described in <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPROPERTY">
|
|
<code>SCI_SETPROPERTY</code></a> will be performed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>If the value argument is 0 then the length that should be allocated to store the value (including any indicated keyword replacement)
|
|
is returned; again, the terminating 0 is not included.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETPROPERTYINT">SCI_GETPROPERTYINT(const char *key, int defaultValue) → int</b><br />
|
|
Lookup a keyword:value pair using the specified key; if found, interpret the value as an integer and return it.
|
|
If not found (or the value is an empty string) then return the supplied default. If the keyword:value pair is found but is not
|
|
a number, then return 0.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Note that "keyword replacement" as described in <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETPROPERTY">
|
|
<code>SCI_SETPROPERTY</code></a> will be performed before any numeric interpretation.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETKEYWORDS">SCI_SETKEYWORDS(int keyWordSet, const char *keyWords)</b><br />
|
|
You can set up to 9 lists of keywords for use by the current lexer.
|
|
<code class="parameter">keyWordSet</code> can be 0 to 8 (actually 0 to <code>KEYWORDSET_MAX</code>)
|
|
and selects which keyword list to replace. <code class="parameter">keyWords</code> is a list of keywords
|
|
separated by spaces, tabs, <code>"\n"</code> or <code>"\r"</code> or any combination of these.
|
|
It is expected that the keywords will be composed of standard ASCII printing characters,
|
|
but there is nothing to stop you using any non-separator character codes from 1 to 255
|
|
(except common sense).</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>How these keywords are used is entirely up to the lexer. Some languages, such as HTML may
|
|
contain embedded languages, VBScript and JavaScript are common for HTML. For HTML, key word set
|
|
0 is for HTML, 1 is for JavaScript and 2 is for VBScript, 3 is for Python, 4 is for PHP and 5
|
|
is for SGML and DTD keywords. Review the lexer code to see examples of keyword list. A fully
|
|
conforming lexer sets the fourth argument of the <code>LexerModule</code> constructor to be a
|
|
list of strings that describe the uses of the keyword lists.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Alternatively, you might use set 0 for general keywords, set 1 for keywords that cause
|
|
indentation and set 2 for keywords that cause unindentation. Yet again, you might have a simple
|
|
lexer that colours keywords and you could change languages by changing the keywords in set 0.
|
|
There is nothing to stop you building your own keyword lists into the lexer, but this means
|
|
that the lexer must be rebuilt if more keywords are added.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_DESCRIBEKEYWORDSETS">SCI_DESCRIBEKEYWORDSETS(<unused>, char *descriptions NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
A description of all of the keyword sets separated by "\n" is returned by <code>SCI_DESCRIBEKEYWORDSETS</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="Substyles">Substyles</h3>
|
|
<p>Lexers may support several different sublanguages and each sublanguage may want to style some number of
|
|
sets of identifiers (or similar lexemes such as documentation keywords) uniquely. Preallocating a large number for each
|
|
purpose would exhaust the number of allowed styles quickly.
|
|
This is alleviated by substyles which allow the application to determine how many sets of identifiers to allocate for
|
|
each purpose.
|
|
Lexers have to explicitly support this feature by implementing particular methods.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSUBSTYLEBASES">SCI_GETSUBSTYLEBASES(<unused>, char *styles NUL-terminated) → int</b><br />
|
|
Fill <code class="parameter">styles</code> with a byte for each style that can be split into substyles.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_DISTANCETOSECONDARYSTYLES">SCI_DISTANCETOSECONDARYSTYLES → int</b><br />
|
|
Returns the distance between a primary style and its corresponding secondary style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_ALLOCATESUBSTYLES">SCI_ALLOCATESUBSTYLES(int styleBase, int numberStyles) → int</b><br />
|
|
Allocate some number of substyles for a particular base style returning the first substyle number allocated.
|
|
Substyles are allocated contiguously.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_FREESUBSTYLES">SCI_FREESUBSTYLES</b><br />
|
|
Free all allocated substyles.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSUBSTYLESSTART">SCI_GETSUBSTYLESSTART(int styleBase) → int</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSUBSTYLESLENGTH">SCI_GETSUBSTYLESLENGTH(int styleBase) → int</b><br />
|
|
Return the start and length of the substyles allocated for a base style.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETSTYLEFROMSUBSTYLE">SCI_GETSTYLEFROMSUBSTYLE(int subStyle) → int</b><br />
|
|
For a sub style, return the base style, else return the argument.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETPRIMARYSTYLEFROMSTYLE">SCI_GETPRIMARYSTYLEFROMSTYLE(int style) → int</b><br />
|
|
For a secondary style, return the primary style, else return the argument.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETIDENTIFIERS">SCI_SETIDENTIFIERS(int style, const char *identifiers)</b><br />
|
|
Similar to <code>SCI_SETKEYWORDS</code> but for substyles.
|
|
The prefix feature available with <code>SCI_SETKEYWORDS</code> is not implemented for <code>SCI_SETIDENTIFIERS</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_PRIVATELEXERCALL">SCI_PRIVATELEXERCALL(int operation, pointer pointer) → pointer</b><br />
|
|
Call into a lexer in a way not understood by Scintilla.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="StyleMetadata">Style Metadata</h3>
|
|
<p>Lexers may provide information on the styles they use.
|
|
Lexers have to explicitly support this feature by implementing particular methods.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_GETNAMEDSTYLES">SCI_GETNAMEDSTYLES → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the number of named styles for the lexer.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_NAMEOFSTYLE">SCI_NAMEOFSTYLE(int style, char *name) → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the name of a style. This is a C preprocessor symbol like "SCE_C_COMMENTDOC".</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_TAGSOFSTYLE">SCI_TAGSOFSTYLE(int style, char *tags) → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve the tags of a style. This is a space-separated set of words like "comment documentation".</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_DESCRIPTIONOFSTYLE">SCI_DESCRIPTIONOFSTYLE(int style, char *description) → int</b><br />
|
|
Retrieve an English-language description of a style which may be suitable for display in a user interface.
|
|
This looks like "Doc comment: block comments beginning with /** or /*!".</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="LexerObjects">Lexer Objects</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Lexers are programmed as objects that implement the ILexer4 interface and that interact
|
|
with the document they are lexing through the IDocument interface.
|
|
Previously lexers were defined by providing lexing and folding functions but creating an object
|
|
to handle the interaction of a lexer with a document allows the lexer to store state information that
|
|
can be used during lexing. For example a C++ lexer may store a set of preprocessor definitions
|
|
or variable declarations and style these depending on their role.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>A set of helper classes allows older lexers defined by functions to be used in Scintilla.</p>
|
|
<h4>ILexer4</h4>
|
|
|
|
<div class="highlighted">
|
|
<span class="S5">class</span><span class="S0"> </span>ILexer4<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">{</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S5">public</span><span class="S10">:</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Version<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Release<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>PropertyNames<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>PropertyType<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>name<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DescribeProperty<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>name<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>PropertySet<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>key<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>val<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DescribeWordListSets<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>WordListSet<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>n<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>wl<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Lex<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_PositionU<span class="S0"> </span>startPos<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>lengthDoc<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>initStyle<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>IDocument<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>pAccess<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Fold<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_PositionU<span class="S0"> </span>startPos<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>lengthDoc<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>initStyle<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>IDocument<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>pAccess<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>PrivateCall<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>operation<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>pointer<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>LineEndTypesSupported<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>AllocateSubStyles<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>styleBase<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>numberStyles<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SubStylesStart<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>styleBase<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SubStylesLength<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>styleBase<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>StyleFromSubStyle<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>subStyle<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>PrimaryStyleFromStyle<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>FreeSubStyles<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetIdentifiers<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>identifiers<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DistanceToSecondaryStyles<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetSubStyleBases<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>NamedStyles<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>NameOfStyle<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>TagsOfStyle<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DescriptionOfStyle<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S10">};</span><br />
|
|
</div>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
The types <code>Sci_Position</code> and <code>Sci_PositionU</code> are used for positions and line numbers in the document.
|
|
With Scintilla 4, 64-bit builds define these as 64-bit types to allow future implementation of documents larger than 2 GB.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
Methods that return strings as <code>const char *</code> are not required to maintain separate allocations indefinitely:
|
|
lexer implementations may own a single buffer that is reused for each call.
|
|
Callers should make an immediate copy of returned strings.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
The return values from PropertySet and WordListSet are used to indicate whether the change requires
|
|
performing lexing or folding over any of the document. It is the position at which to restart lexing and folding or -1
|
|
if the change does not require any extra work on the document.
|
|
A simple approach is to return 0 if there is any possibility that a change requires lexing the document again while an
|
|
optimisation could be to remember where a setting first affects the document and return that position.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>Version</code> returns an enumerated value specifying which version of the interface is implemented:
|
|
<code>lvRelease4</code> for <code>ILexer4</code>. Prior to Scintilla 4.0 different values were possible.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>Release</code> is called to destroy the lexer object.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>PrivateCall</code> allows for direct communication between the
|
|
application and a lexer. An example would be where an application
|
|
maintains a single large data structure containing symbolic information
|
|
about system headers (like Windows.h) and provides this to the lexer
|
|
where it can be applied to each document. This avoids the costs of
|
|
constructing the system header information for each document. This is
|
|
invoked with the <code>SCI_PRIVATELEXERCALL</code> API.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>Fold</code> is called with the exact range that needs folding.
|
|
Previously, lexers were called with a range that started one line before the range that
|
|
needs to be folded as this allowed fixing up the last line from the previous folding.
|
|
The new approach allows the lexer to decide whether to backtrack or to handle this
|
|
more efficiently.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>NamedStyles</code>, <code>NameOfStyle</code>,
|
|
<code>TagsOfStyle</code>, and <code>DescriptionOfStyle</code>
|
|
are used to provide information on the set of styles used by this lexer.
|
|
<code>NameOfStyle</code> is the C-language identifier like "<code>SCE_LUA_COMMENT</code>".
|
|
<code>TagsOfStyle</code> is a set of tags describing the style in a standardized way like "<code>literal string multiline raw</code>".
|
|
A set of common tags and conventions for combining them is <a class="jump" href="StyleMetadata.html">described here</a>.
|
|
<code>DescriptionOfStyle</code> is an English description of the style like "<code>Function or method name definition</code>".
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<h4>IDocument</h4>
|
|
|
|
<div class="highlighted">
|
|
<span class="S5">class</span><span class="S0"> </span>IDocument<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">{</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S5">public</span><span class="S10">:</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Version<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetErrorStatus<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>status<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>Length<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetCharRange<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>buffer<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>lengthRetrieve<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>StyleAt<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>LineFromPosition<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>LineStart<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetLevel<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetLevel<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>level<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetLineState<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetLineState<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>state<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>StartStyling<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">bool</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetStyleFor<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>length<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span>style<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">bool</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>SetStyles<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>length<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>styles<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DecorationSetCurrentIndicator<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>indicator<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>DecorationFillRange<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>value<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>fillLength<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">void</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>ChangeLexerState<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>start<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>end<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>CodePage<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">bool</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>IsDBCSLeadByte<span class="S10">(</span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span>ch<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">char</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>BufferPointer<span class="S10">()</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetLineIndentation<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>LineEnd<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>line<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetRelativePosition<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>positionStart<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>characterOffset<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">virtual</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">int</span><span class="S0"> </span>SCI_METHOD<span class="S0"> </span>GetCharacterAndWidth<span class="S10">(</span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span>position<span class="S10">,</span><span class="S0"> </span>Sci_Position<span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">*</span>pWidth<span class="S10">)</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S5">const</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S10">=</span><span class="S0"> </span><span class="S4">0</span><span class="S10">;</span><br />
|
|
<span class="S10">};</span><br />
|
|
</div>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla tries to minimize the consequences of modifying text to
|
|
only relex and redraw the line of the change where possible. Lexer
|
|
objects contain their own private extra state which can affect later
|
|
lines. For example, if the C++ lexer is greying out inactive code
|
|
segments then changing the statement <code>#define BEOS 0</code> to <code>#define
|
|
BEOS 1</code> may require restyling and redisplaying later parts of the
|
|
document. The lexer can call <code>ChangeLexerState</code> to signal to
|
|
the document that it should relex and display more.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>For <code>StartStyling</code> the mask argument has no effect. It was used in version 3.4.2 and earlier.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><code>SetErrorStatus</code> is used to notify the document of
|
|
exceptions. Exceptions should not be thrown over build boundaries as the
|
|
two sides may be built with different compilers or incompatible
|
|
exception options.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
To allow lexers to determine the end position of a line and thus more easily support Unicode line ends
|
|
<code>IDocument</code> includes <code>LineEnd</code> which should be used rather than testing for specific
|
|
line end characters.</p>
|
|
<p><code>GetRelativePosition</code> navigates the document by whole characters,
|
|
returning <code>INVALID_POSITION</code> for movement beyond the start and end of the document.</p>
|
|
<p><code>GetCharacterAndWidth</code> provides a standard
|
|
conversion from UTF-8 bytes to a UTF-32 character or from DBCS to a 16 bit value.
|
|
Bytes in invalid UTF-8 are reported individually with values 0xDC80+byteValue, which are
|
|
not valid Unicode code points.
|
|
The <code class="parameter">pWidth</code> argument can be NULL if the caller does not need to know the number of
|
|
bytes in the character.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>ILexer4</code> and <code>IDocument</code> interfaces may be
|
|
expanded in the future with extended versions (<code>ILexer5</code>...).
|
|
The <code>Version</code> method indicates which interface is
|
|
implemented and thus which methods may be called.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla 4 changed the definition of <code>IDocument</code> by merging the previously separate
|
|
<code>IDocumentWithLineEnd</code> interface and
|
|
removing the mask parameter to <code>StartStyling</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Notifications">Notifications</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Notifications are sent (fired) from the Scintilla control to its container when an event has
|
|
occurred that may interest the container.</p>
|
|
<p>Notifications are sent using the
|
|
<code>WM_NOTIFY</code> message on Windows.</p>
|
|
<p>On GTK, the "sci-notify" signal is sent and the signal handler should have the signature
|
|
<code>handler(GtkWidget *, gint, SCNotification *notification, gpointer userData)</code>.</p>
|
|
<p>On Cocoa, a delegate implementing the <code>ScintillaNotificationProtocol</code>
|
|
may be set to receive notifications or the <code>ScintillaView</code> class may be subclassed and the
|
|
<code>notification:</code> method overridden. Overriding <code>notification:</code> allows the
|
|
subclass to control whether default handling is performed.</p>
|
|
<p>The container is
|
|
passed a <code>SCNotification</code> structure containing information about the event.</p>
|
|
<pre id="SCNotification">
|
|
struct Sci_NotifyHeader { // This matches the Win32 NMHDR structure
|
|
void *hwndFrom; // environment specific window handle/pointer
|
|
uptr_t idFrom; // CtrlID of the window issuing the notification
|
|
unsigned int code; // The SCN_* notification code
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct SCNotification {
|
|
struct Sci_NotifyHeader nmhdr;
|
|
Sci_Position position;
|
|
/* SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_DOUBLECLICK, SCN_MODIFIED, SCN_MARGINCLICK, */
|
|
/* SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK, SCN_NEEDSHOWN, SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND, */
|
|
/* SCN_CALLTIPCLICK, SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK, SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK, */
|
|
/* SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK, SCN_INDICATORCLICK, SCN_INDICATORRELEASE, */
|
|
/* SCN_USERLISTSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE */
|
|
|
|
int ch;
|
|
/* SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY, SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETE, SCN_AUTOCSELECTION, */
|
|
/* SCN_USERLISTSELECTION */
|
|
int modifiers;
|
|
/* SCN_KEY, SCN_DOUBLECLICK, SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK, SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK, */
|
|
/* SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK, SCN_INDICATORCLICK, SCN_INDICATORRELEASE, */
|
|
|
|
int modificationType; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
const char *text;
|
|
/* SCN_MODIFIED, SCN_USERLISTSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCSELECTION, SCN_URIDROPPED, */
|
|
/* SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE */
|
|
|
|
Sci_Position length; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
Sci_Position linesAdded; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
int message; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */
|
|
uptr_t wParam; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */
|
|
sptr_t lParam; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */
|
|
Sci_Position line; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
int foldLevelNow; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
int foldLevelPrev; /* SCN_MODIFIED */
|
|
int margin; /* SCN_MARGINCLICK, SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK */
|
|
int listType; /* SCN_USERLISTSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE */
|
|
int x; /* SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND */
|
|
int y; /* SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND */
|
|
int token; /* SCN_MODIFIED with SC_MOD_CONTAINER */
|
|
int annotationLinesAdded; /* SCN_MODIFIED with SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION */
|
|
int updated; /* SCN_UPDATEUI */
|
|
int listCompletionMethod;
|
|
/* SCN_AUTOCSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED, SCN_USERLISTSELECTION */
|
|
int characterSource; /* SCN_CHARADDED */
|
|
};
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p>The notification messages that your container can choose to handle and the messages
|
|
associated with them are:</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCN_STYLENEEDED">SCN_STYLENEEDED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_CHARADDED">SCN_CHARADDED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED">SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT">SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO">SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_KEY">SCN_KEY</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_DOUBLECLICK">SCN_DOUBLECLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_UPDATEUI">SCN_UPDATEUI</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MODIFIED">SCN_MODIFIED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MACRORECORD">SCN_MACRORECORD</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MARGINCLICK">SCN_MARGINCLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_NEEDSHOWN">SCN_NEEDSHOWN</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_PAINTED">SCN_PAINTED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_USERLISTSELECTION">SCN_USERLISTSELECTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_URIDROPPED">SCN_URIDROPPED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_DWELLSTART">SCN_DWELLSTART</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_DWELLEND">SCN_DWELLEND</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_ZOOM">SCN_ZOOM</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_INDICATORCLICK">SCN_INDICATORCLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_INDICATORRELEASE">SCN_INDICATORRELEASE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_CALLTIPCLICK">SCN_CALLTIPCLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTION">SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED">SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED">SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_FOCUSIN">SCN_FOCUSIN</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_FOCUSOUT">SCN_FOCUSOUT</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED">SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK">SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE">SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>The following <code>SCI_*</code> messages are associated with these notifications:</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK">SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK(int eventMask)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK">SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS">SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS(bool commandEvents)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETCOMMANDEVENTS">SCI_GETCOMMANDEVENTS → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME">SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME(int periodMilliseconds)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME">SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETIDENTIFIER">SCI_SETIDENTIFIER(int identifier)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETIDENTIFIER">SCI_GETIDENTIFIER → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p>The following additional notifications are sent using a secondary "command" method and should
|
|
be avoided in new code as the primary "notification" method provides all the same events with richer
|
|
information.
|
|
The <code>WM_COMMAND</code> message is used on Windows.
|
|
This emulates the Windows Edit control. Only the lower
|
|
16 bits of the control's ID is passed in these notifications.</p>
|
|
<p>On GTK, the "command" signal is sent and the signal handler should have the signature
|
|
<code>handler(GtkWidget *, gint wParam, gpointer lParam, gpointer userData)</code>.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCEN_CHANGE">SCEN_CHANGE</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCEN_SETFOCUS">SCEN_SETFOCUS</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCEN_KILLFOCUS">SCEN_KILLFOCUS</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETIDENTIFIER">SCI_SETIDENTIFIER(int identifier)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETIDENTIFIER">SCI_GETIDENTIFIER → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the identifier of the Scintilla instance which is included in notifications as the
|
|
<code>idFrom</code> field.
|
|
When an application creates multiple Scintilla widgets, this allows the source of each notification to be found.
|
|
On Windows, this value is initialised in the <code>CreateWindow</code> call and stored as the
|
|
<code>GWLP_ID</code> attribute of the window.
|
|
The value should be small, preferably less than 16 bits,
|
|
rather than a pointer as some of the functions will only transmit 16 or 32 bits.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_STYLENEEDED">SCN_STYLENEEDED</b><br />
|
|
If you used <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETLEXER">SCI_SETLEXER</a>(SCLEX_CONTAINER)</code> to make the container act as the
|
|
lexer, you will receive this notification when Scintilla is about to display or print text that
|
|
requires styling. You are required to style the text from the line that contains the position
|
|
returned by <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETENDSTYLED"><code>SCI_GETENDSTYLED</code></a> up to
|
|
the position passed in <code>SCNotification.position</code>. Symbolically, you need code of the
|
|
form:</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
startPos = <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_GETENDSTYLED">SCI_GETENDSTYLED</a>()
|
|
lineNumber = <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION">SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION</a>(startPos);
|
|
startPos = <a class="seealso"
|
|
href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE">SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE</a>(lineNumber);
|
|
MyStyleRoutine(startPos, SCNotification.position);
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_CHARADDED">SCN_CHARADDED</b><br />
|
|
This is sent when the user types an ordinary text character (as opposed to a command
|
|
character) that is entered into the text. The container can use this to decide to display a <a
|
|
class="jump" href="#CallTips">call tip</a> or an <a class="jump" href="#Autocompletion">auto
|
|
completion list</a>. The character is in <code>SCNotification::ch</code>.
|
|
For single byte character sets, this is the byte value of the character;
|
|
for UTF-8, it is the Unicode code point;
|
|
for DBCS, it is (first byte * 256 + second byte) for 2 byte characters and the byte value for 1 byte characters.
|
|
This notification is sent before the character has been styled so processing that depends on
|
|
styling should instead be performed in the SCN_UPDATEUI notification.</p>
|
|
<p>The <code>SCNotification::characterSource</code> field is the source of the character.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Character Source">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
<th align="left">Meaning</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARACTERSOURCE_DIRECT_INPUT</code></td>
|
|
<td>0</td>
|
|
<td>Direct input characters, including characters generated by calling keyboard commands like <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_NEWLINE">SCI_NEWLINE</a>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARACTERSOURCE_TENTATIVE_INPUT</code></td>
|
|
<td>1</td>
|
|
<td>Tentative input characters. They are used by IME (inline mode, see <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION">SCI_SETIMEINTERACTION</a>)
|
|
to composite final string, normally different from final composited string (which is the string that has been truly added into current document),
|
|
and may be withdrawn when the user cancels typing (e.g. by pressing Esc key).
|
|
Some system (at least Cocoa) also use tentative input for non-IME features like using dead key to composite diacritical marks (grave accent, etc.).
|
|
These characters are not added to macro recording. Most applications can simply ignore the notification when this value is set.
|
|
</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td><code>SC_CHARACTERSOURCE_IME_RESULT</code></td>
|
|
<td>2</td>
|
|
<td>IME (either inline or windowed mode) full composited string. Modern IME is able to composite English word or sentence,
|
|
when this value is set, current character may not a Chinese, Japanese or Korean character.
|
|
Currently, this is only set on Windows.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED">SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT">SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT</b><br />
|
|
Sent to the container when the save point is entered or left, allowing the container to
|
|
display a "document dirty" indicator and change its menus.<br />
|
|
See also: <a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSAVEPOINT"><code>SCI_SETSAVEPOINT</code></a>, <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_GETMODIFY"><code>SCI_GETMODIFY</code></a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO">SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO</b><br />
|
|
When in read-only mode, this notification is sent to the container if the user tries to change
|
|
the text. This can be used to check the document out of a version control system. You can set
|
|
the read-only state of a document with <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETREADONLY">SCI_SETREADONLY</a></code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_KEY">SCN_KEY</b><br />
|
|
Reports all keys pressed but not consumed by Scintilla. Used on GTK because of
|
|
some problems with keyboard focus and is not sent by the Windows version. <code>SCNotification::ch</code> holds the key code and
|
|
<code>SCNotification.modifiers</code> holds the modifiers. This notification is sent if the
|
|
modifiers include <code>SCMOD_ALT</code> or <code>SCMOD_CTRL</code> and the key code is less
|
|
than 256.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_DOUBLECLICK">SCN_DOUBLECLICK</b><br />
|
|
The mouse button was double clicked in editor. The <code>position</code> field is set to the text position of the
|
|
double click, the <code>line</code> field is set to the line of the double click, and
|
|
the <code>modifiers</code> field is set to the key modifiers
|
|
held down in a similar manner to <a class="message" href="#SCN_KEY">SCN_KEY</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_UPDATEUI">SCN_UPDATEUI</b><br />
|
|
Either the text or styling of the document has changed or the selection range or scroll position may have changed.
|
|
Now would be a good time to update any container UI elements that depend on document or view state.
|
|
As it is sometimes difficult to determine whether a change has occurred, these events may also fire when there
|
|
has been no actual change.
|
|
The <code>updated</code> field is set to the bit set of things changed since the previous notification.</p>
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Modify notification type flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Meaning</th>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_UPDATE_CONTENT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0x01</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Contents, styling or markers may have been changed.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_UPDATE_SELECTION</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0x02</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Selection may have been changed.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0x04</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>May have scrolled vertically.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">0x08</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>May have scrolled horizontally.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_MODIFIED">SCN_MODIFIED</b><br />
|
|
This notification is sent when the text or styling of the document changes or is about to
|
|
change. You can set a mask for the notifications that are sent to the container with <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK"><code>SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK</code></a>. The
|
|
notification structure contains information about what changed, how the change occurred and
|
|
whether this changed the number of lines in the document. No modifications may be performed
|
|
while in a <code>SCN_MODIFIED</code> event. The <code>SCNotification</code> fields used
|
|
are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Modify notification types">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>modificationType</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">A set of flags that identify the change(s) made. See the next
|
|
table.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Start position of a text or styling change. Set to 0 if not used.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>length</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Length of the change in bytes when the text or styling
|
|
changes. Set to 0 if not used.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>linesAdded</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Number of added lines. If negative, the number of deleted lines. Set to
|
|
0 if not used or no lines added or deleted.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>text</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Valid for text changes, not for style changes. If we are collecting undo
|
|
information this holds a pointer to the text that is handed to the Undo system, otherwise
|
|
it is zero. For user performed SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE the text field is 0.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>line</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The line number at which a fold level or marker change occurred. This is
|
|
0 if unused and may be -1 if more than one line changed.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>foldLevelNow</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The new fold level applied to the line or 0 if this field is
|
|
unused.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>foldLevelPrev</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The previous folding level of the line or 0 if this field is
|
|
unused.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p>The <code>SCNotification.modificationType</code> field has bits set to tell you what has
|
|
been done. The <code>SC_MOD_*</code> bits correspond to actions. The
|
|
<code>SC_PERFORMED_*</code> bits tell you if the action was done by the user, or the result of
|
|
Undo or Redo of a previous action.</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Modify notification type flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Meaning</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">SCNotification fields</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_NONE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x00</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Base value with no fields valid. Will not occur but is useful in tests.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code></code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x01</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Text has been inserted into the document.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length, text, linesAdded</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_DELETETEXT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x02</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Text has been removed from the document.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length, text, linesAdded</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x04</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A style change has occurred.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x08</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A folding change has occurred.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line, foldLevelNow, foldLevelPrev</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PERFORMED_USER</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x10</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Information: the operation was done by the user.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PERFORMED_UNDO</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x20</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Information: this was the result of an Undo.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_PERFORMED_REDO</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x40</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Information: this was the result of a Redo.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x80</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is part of a multi-step Undo or Redo transaction.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x100</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is the final step in an Undo or Redo transaction.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x200</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>One or more markers has changed in a line.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x400</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Text is about to be inserted into the document.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, if performed by user then text in bytes, length in bytes</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x800</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Text is about to be deleted from the document.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x4000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>An indicator has been added or removed from a range of text.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE">SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x8000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A line state has changed because <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETLINESTATE">SCI_SETLINESTATE</a>
|
|
was called.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS">SC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x200000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The explicit tab stops on a line have changed because <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS">SCI_CLEARTABSTOPS</a> or
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_ADDTABSTOP">SCI_ADDTABSTOP</a> was called.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_LEXERSTATE">SC_MOD_LEXERSTATE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x80000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The internal state of a lexer has changed over a range.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN">SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x10000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A text margin has changed.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION">SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x20000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>An annotation has changed.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>line</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_INSERTCHECK">SC_MOD_INSERTCHECK</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x100000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>Text is about to be inserted. The handler may change the text being inserted by calling
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_CHANGEINSERTION">SCI_CHANGEINSERTION</a>.
|
|
No other modifications may be made in this handler.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td><code>position, length, text</code></td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x1000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is part of an Undo or Redo with multi-line changes.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_STARTACTION</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x2000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is set on a SC_PERFORMED_USER action when it is the
|
|
first or only step in an undo transaction. This can be used to integrate the Scintilla
|
|
undo stack with an undo stack in the container application by adding a Scintilla
|
|
action to the container's stack for the currently opened container transaction or
|
|
to open a new container transaction if there is no open container transaction.
|
|
</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code id="SC_MOD_CONTAINER">SC_MOD_CONTAINER</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x40000</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is set on for actions that the container stored into the undo stack with
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_ADDUNDOACTION"><code>SCI_ADDUNDOACTION</code></a>.
|
|
</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>token</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_MODEVENTMASKALL</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="right">0x1FFFFF</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>This is a mask for all valid flags. This is the default mask state set by <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK"><code>SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK</code></a>.</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>None</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCEN_CHANGE">SCEN_CHANGE</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCEN_CHANGE</code> (768) is fired when the text (not the style) of the document changes.
|
|
This notification is sent using the <code>WM_COMMAND</code> message on Windows and the
|
|
"command" signal on GTK as this is the behaviour of the standard Edit control
|
|
(<code>SCEN_CHANGE</code> has the same value as the Windows Edit control
|
|
<code>EN_CHANGE</code>). No other information is sent. If you need more detailed information
|
|
use <a class="message" href="#SCN_MODIFIED"><code>SCN_MODIFIED</code></a>. You can filter the
|
|
types of changes you are notified about with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK"><code>SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK</code></a> and
|
|
<a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS"><code>SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK">SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK(int eventMask)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK">SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK → int</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get an event mask that determines which document change events are
|
|
notified to the container with <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCN_MODIFIED"><code>SCN_MODIFIED</code></a> and <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCEN_CHANGE"><code>SCEN_CHANGE</code></a>. For example, a container may decide to see
|
|
only notifications about changes to text and not styling changes by calling
|
|
<code>SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK(SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT|SC_MOD_DELETETEXT)</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The possible notification types are the same as the <code>modificationType</code> bit flags
|
|
used by <code>SCN_MODIFIED</code>: <code>SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MOD_DELETETEXT</code>, <code>SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD</code>, <code>SC_PERFORMED_USER</code>, <code>SC_PERFORMED_UNDO</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_PERFORMED_REDO</code>, <code>SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO</code>, <code>SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT</code>, <code>SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE</code>,
|
|
<code>SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO</code>, and <code>SC_MODEVENTMASKALL</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS">SCI_SETCOMMANDEVENTS(bool commandEvents)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETCOMMANDEVENTS">SCI_GETCOMMANDEVENTS → bool</b><br />
|
|
These messages set and get whether <code>SCEN_*</code> command events are
|
|
sent to the container. For <code>SCEN_CHANGE</code> this acts as an additional filter over
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK"><code>SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK</code></a>.
|
|
Most applications should set this off to avoid overhead and only use
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCN_MODIFIED"><code>SCN_MODIFIED</code></a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCEN_SETFOCUS">SCEN_SETFOCUS</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCEN_KILLFOCUS">SCEN_KILLFOCUS</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCEN_SETFOCUS</code> (512) is fired when Scintilla receives focus and
|
|
<code>SCEN_KILLFOCUS</code> (256) when it loses focus. These notifications are sent using the
|
|
<code>WM_COMMAND</code> message on Windows and the "command" signal on GTK as this is the
|
|
behaviour of the standard Edit control. Unfortunately, these codes do not match the Windows Edit
|
|
notification codes <code>EN_SETFOCUS</code> (256) and <code>EN_KILLFOCUS</code> (512). It is
|
|
now too late to change the Scintilla codes as clients depend on the current values.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_MACRORECORD">SCN_MACRORECORD</b><br />
|
|
The <code><a class="message" href="#SCI_STARTRECORD">SCI_STARTRECORD</a></code> and <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_STOPRECORD"><code>SCI_STOPRECORD</code></a> messages enable and
|
|
disable macro recording. When enabled, each time a recordable change occurs, the
|
|
<code>SCN_MACRORECORD</code> notification is sent to the container. It is up to the container
|
|
to record the action. To see the complete list of <code>SCI_*</code> messages that are
|
|
recordable, search the Scintilla source <code>Editor.cxx</code> for
|
|
<code>Editor::NotifyMacroRecord</code>. The fields of <code>SCNotification</code> set in this
|
|
notification are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Macro record notification data">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>message</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The <code>SCI_*</code> message that caused the notification.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>wParam</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The value of <code>wParam</code> in the <code>SCI_*</code> message.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>lParam</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The value of <code>lParam</code> in the <code>SCI_*</code> message.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_MARGINCLICK">SCN_MARGINCLICK</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK">SCN_MARGINRIGHTCLICK</b><br />
|
|
These notifications tell the container that the mouse was clicked or right clicked inside a <a class="jump"
|
|
href="#Margins">margin</a> that was marked as sensitive (see <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN"><code>SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN</code></a>). This can be used to
|
|
perform folding or to place breakpoints. The following <code>SCNotification</code> fields are
|
|
used:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Margin click notification">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>modifiers</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The appropriate combination of <code>SCI_SHIFT</code>,
|
|
<code>SCI_CTRL</code> and <code>SCI_ALT</code> to indicate the keys that were held down
|
|
at the time of the margin click.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The position of the start of the line in the document that corresponds
|
|
to the margin click.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>margin</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The margin number that was clicked.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_NEEDSHOWN">SCN_NEEDSHOWN</b><br />
|
|
Scintilla has determined that a range of lines that is currently invisible should be made
|
|
visible. An example of where this may be needed is if the end of line of a contracted fold
|
|
point is deleted. This message is sent to the container in case it wants to make the line
|
|
visible in some unusual way such as making the whole document visible. Most containers will
|
|
just ensure each line in the range is visible by calling <a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE"><code>SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE</code></a>. The <code>position</code> and
|
|
<code>length</code> fields of <code>SCNotification</code> indicate the range of the document
|
|
that should be made visible. The container code will be similar to the following code
|
|
skeleton:</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
firstLine = SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION(scn.position)
|
|
lastLine = SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION(scn.position+scn.length-1)
|
|
for line = lineStart to lineEnd do SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE(line) next
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_PAINTED">SCN_PAINTED</b><br />
|
|
Painting has just been done. Useful when you want to update some other widgets based on a
|
|
change in Scintilla, but want to have the paint occur first to appear more responsive. There is
|
|
no other information in <code>SCNotification</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_USERLISTSELECTION">SCN_USERLISTSELECTION</b><br />
|
|
The user has selected an item in a <a class="jump" href="#UserLists">user list</a>. The
|
|
<code>SCNotification</code> fields used are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="User list notification">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>listType</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">This is set to the <code>listType</code> parameter from the <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_USERLISTSHOW"><code>SCI_USERLISTSHOW</code></a> message that
|
|
initiated the list.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>text</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The text of the selection.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The position the list was displayed at.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>ch</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">If a fillup character was the method of selection, the used
|
|
character, otherwise 0.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>listCompletionMethod</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">A value indicating the way in which the completion
|
|
occurred. See the table below.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
See the <code><a class="jump" href="#SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED">SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED</a></code> notification
|
|
for the possible values for <code>listCompletionMethod.</code>
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_URIDROPPED">SCN_URIDROPPED</b><br />
|
|
Only on the GTK version. Indicates that the user has dragged a URI such as a file name or Web
|
|
address onto Scintilla. The container could interpret this as a request to open the file. The
|
|
<code>text</code> field of <code>SCNotification</code> points at the URI text.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_DWELLSTART">SCN_DWELLSTART</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_DWELLEND">SCN_DWELLEND</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCN_DWELLSTART</code> is generated when the user keeps the mouse in one position for the
|
|
dwell period (see <code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME">SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME</a></code>). <code>SCN_DWELLEND</code> is
|
|
generated after a <code>SCN_DWELLSTART</code> and the mouse is moved or other activity such as
|
|
key press indicates the dwell is over. Both notifications set the same fields in
|
|
<code>SCNotification</code>:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Mouse dwell notification">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">This is the nearest position in the document to the position where the
|
|
mouse pointer was lingering.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>x, y</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">Where the pointer lingered. The <code>position</code> field is set to
|
|
<code><a class="message"
|
|
href="#SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE">SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE</a>(x, y)</code>.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
<br />
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME">SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME(int periodMilliseconds)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME">SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME → int</b><br />
|
|
These two messages set and get the time the mouse must sit still, in milliseconds, to generate
|
|
a <code><a class="message" href="#SCN_DWELLSTART">SCN_DWELLSTART</a></code> notification. If
|
|
set to <code>SC_TIME_FOREVER</code>, the default, no dwell events are generated.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_ZOOM">SCN_ZOOM</b><br />
|
|
This notification is generated when the user zooms the display using the keyboard or the
|
|
<code><a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETZOOM">SCI_SETZOOM</a></code> method is called. This
|
|
notification can be used to recalculate positions, such as the width of the line number margin
|
|
to maintain sizes in terms of characters rather than pixels. <code>SCNotification</code> has no
|
|
additional information.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK">SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK</b><br />
|
|
These notifications are generated when the user clicks or double clicks on
|
|
text that is in a style with the hotspot attribute set.
|
|
This notification can be used to link to variable definitions or web pages.
|
|
In the notification handler, you should avoid calling any function that modifies the current selection or caret position.
|
|
The <code>position</code> field is set the text position of the click or
|
|
double click and the <code>modifiers</code> field set to the key modifiers
|
|
held down in a similar manner to <a class="message" href="#SCN_KEY">SCN_KEY</a>.
|
|
Only the state of the Ctrl key is reported for <code>SCN_HOTSPOTRELEASECLICK</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
<b id="SCN_INDICATORCLICK">SCN_INDICATORCLICK</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_INDICATORRELEASE">SCN_INDICATORRELEASE</b><br />
|
|
These notifications are generated when the user clicks or releases the mouse on
|
|
text that has an indicator.
|
|
The <code>position</code> field is set the text position of the click or
|
|
double click and the <code>modifiers</code> field set to the key modifiers
|
|
held down in a similar manner to <a class="message" href="#SCN_KEY">SCN_KEY</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_CALLTIPCLICK">SCN_CALLTIPCLICK</b><br />
|
|
This notification is generated when the user clicks on a calltip.
|
|
This notification can be used to display the next function prototype when a
|
|
function name is overloaded with different arguments.
|
|
The <code>position</code> field is set to 1 if the click is in an up arrow,
|
|
2 if in a down arrow, and 0 if elsewhere.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_AUTOCSELECTION">SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</b><br />
|
|
The user has selected an item in an <a class="jump" href="#Autocompletion">autocompletion list</a>. The
|
|
notification is sent before the selection is inserted. Automatic insertion can be cancelled by sending a
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#SCI_AUTOCCANCEL">SCI_AUTOCCANCEL</a></code> message
|
|
before returning from the notification. The <code>SCNotification</code> fields used are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Autocompletion list notification">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The start position of the word being completed.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>text</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The text of the selection.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>ch</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">If a fillup character was the method of selection, the used
|
|
character, otherwise 0.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>listCompletionMethod</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">A value indicating the way in which the completion
|
|
occurred. See the table below.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
<br />
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="Modify notification type flags">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Symbol</th>
|
|
|
|
<th>Value</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Meaning</th>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_AC_FILLUP</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">1</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A fillup character triggered the completion. The character used is
|
|
in ch. </td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_AC_DOUBLECLICK</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">2</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A double-click triggered the completion. ch is 0.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_AC_TAB</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">3</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The tab key or SCI_TAB triggered the completion. ch is 0.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_AC_NEWLINE</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">4</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>A new line or SCI_NEWLINE triggered the completion. ch is 0.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>SC_AC_COMMAND</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="center">5</td>
|
|
|
|
<td>The
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="seealso" href="#SCI_AUTOCSELECT">SCI_AUTOCSELECT</a></code> message
|
|
triggered the completion. ch is 0.</td>
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED">SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED</b><br />
|
|
The user has cancelled an <a class="jump" href="#Autocompletion">autocompletion list</a>.
|
|
There is no other information in SCNotification.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED">SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED</b><br />
|
|
The user deleted a character while autocompletion list was active.
|
|
There is no other information in SCNotification.</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED">SCN_AUTOCCOMPLETED<br />
|
|
</b>This notification is generated after an autocompletion has inserted its
|
|
text. The fields are identical to the
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="jump" href="#SCN_AUTOCSELECTION">SCN_AUTOCSELECTION</a></code>
|
|
notification.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE">SCN_AUTOCSELECTIONCHANGE<br />
|
|
</b>This notification is sent when items are highlighted in an autocompletion or user list.
|
|
The
|
|
<code>SCNotification</code> fields used are:</p>
|
|
|
|
<table class="standard" summary="User list notification">
|
|
<tbody>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<th align="left">Field</th>
|
|
|
|
<th align="left">Usage</th>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
|
|
<tbody valign="top">
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>listType</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">This is set to the <code>listType</code> parameter from the <a
|
|
class="message" href="#SCI_USERLISTSHOW"><code>SCI_USERLISTSHOW</code></a> message
|
|
or 0 for an autocompletion.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>text</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The text of the selection.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td align="left"><code>position</code></td>
|
|
|
|
<td align="left">The position the list was displayed at.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</tbody>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCN_FOCUSIN">SCN_FOCUSIN</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCN_FOCUSOUT">SCN_FOCUSOUT</b><br />
|
|
<code>SCN_FOCUSIN</code> (2028) is fired when Scintilla receives focus and
|
|
<code>SCN_FOCUSOUT</code> (2029) when it loses focus.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="Images">Images</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Two formats are supported for images used in margin markers and autocompletion lists, RGBA and XPM.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="RGBA">RGBA</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>The RGBA format allows translucency with an <a class="jump" href="#alpha">alpha</a>
|
|
value for each pixel. It is simpler than
|
|
<code>XPM</code> and more capable.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The data is a sequence of 4 byte pixel values starting with the pixels for the top line, with the
|
|
leftmost pixel first, then continuing with the pixels for subsequent lines. There is no gap between
|
|
lines for alignment reasons.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Each pixel consists of, in order, a red byte, a green byte, a blue byte and an alpha byte.
|
|
The colour bytes are not premultiplied by the alpha value. That is, a fully red pixel that is
|
|
25% opaque will be [FF, 00, 00, 3F]</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Since the RGBA pixel data does not include any size information the
|
|
width and height must previously been set with the
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH"><code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETWIDTH</code></a> and
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT"><code>SCI_RGBAIMAGESETHEIGHT</code></a> messages.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>GUI platforms often include functions for reading image file formats like PNG into memory
|
|
in the RGBA form or a similar form.
|
|
If there is no suitable platform support, the <a href="http://lodev.org/lodepng/">LodePNG and picoPNG</a> libraries are small libraries
|
|
for loading and decoding PNG files available under a BSD-style license.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>RGBA format is supported on Windows, GTK and OS X Cocoa.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3 id="XPM">XPM</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>The XPM format is
|
|
<a class="jump" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X_PixMap">described here</a>.
|
|
Scintilla is only able to handle XPM pixmaps that use one character per pixel with no named colours.
|
|
There may be a completely transparent colour named "None".</p>
|
|
<p>There are two forms of data structure used for XPM images, the first "lines form" format is well suited
|
|
to embedding an image inside C source code and the "text form" is suited to reading from a file.
|
|
In the lines form, an array of strings is used with the first string indicating the dimensions and number of colours
|
|
used. This is followed by a string for each colour and that section is followed by the image with one string per line.
|
|
The text form contains the same data as one null terminated block formatted as C source code starting
|
|
with a "/* XPM */" comment to mark the format.</p>
|
|
<p>Either format may be used with Scintilla APIs with the bytes at the location pointed to examined
|
|
to determine which format: if the bytes start with "/* XPM */" then it is treated as text form,
|
|
otherwise it is treated as lines form.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>XPM format is supported on on all platforms.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="GTK">GTK</h2>
|
|
<p>On GTK, the following functions create a Scintilla widget, communicate with it and allow
|
|
resources to be released after all Scintilla widgets have been destroyed.</p>
|
|
<code><a class="message" href="#scintilla_new">GtkWidget *scintilla_new()</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#scintilla_set_id">void scintilla_set_id(ScintillaObject *sci, uptr_t id)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#scintilla_send_message">sptr_t scintilla_send_message(ScintillaObject *sci,unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#scintilla_release_resources">void scintilla_release_resources()</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="scintilla_new">GtkWidget *scintilla_new()</b><br />
|
|
Create a new Scintilla widget. The returned pointer can be added to a container and displayed in the same way as other
|
|
widgets.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="scintilla_set_id">void scintilla_set_id(ScintillaObject *sci, uptr_t id)</b><br />
|
|
Set the control ID which will be used in the idFrom field of the Sci_NotifyHeader structure of all
|
|
notifications for this instance.
|
|
This is equivalent to <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETIDENTIFIER">SCI_SETIDENTIFIER</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="scintilla_send_message">sptr_t scintilla_send_message(ScintillaObject *sci,unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam)</b><br />
|
|
The main entry point allows sending any of the messages described in this document.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="scintilla_release_resources">void scintilla_release_resources()</b><br />
|
|
Call this to free any remaining resources after all the Scintilla widgets have been destroyed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="ProvisionalMessages">Provisional messages</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>Complex new features may be added as 'provisional' to allow further changes to the API.
|
|
Provisional features may even be removed if experience shows they are a mistake.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Provisional features are displayed in this document with <span class="provisional">a distinctive background colour</span>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Some developers may want to only use features that are stable and have graduated from
|
|
provisional status. To avoid using provisional messages compile with the symbol
|
|
<code>SCI_DISABLE_PROVISIONAL</code> defined.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="DeprecatedMessages">Deprecated messages and notifications</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>The following messages are currently supported to emulate existing Windows controls, but
|
|
they will be removed in future versions of Scintilla. If you use these messages you should
|
|
replace them with the Scintilla equivalent.</p>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
WM_GETTEXT(int length, char *text)
|
|
WM_SETTEXT(<unused>, const char *text)
|
|
EM_GETLINE(int line, char *text)
|
|
EM_REPLACESEL(<unused>, const char *text)
|
|
EM_SETREADONLY
|
|
EM_GETTEXTRANGE(<unused>, TEXTRANGE *tr)
|
|
WM_CUT
|
|
WM_COPY
|
|
WM_PASTE
|
|
WM_CLEAR
|
|
WM_UNDO
|
|
EM_CANUNDO
|
|
EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER
|
|
WM_GETTEXTLENGTH
|
|
EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE
|
|
EM_GETLINECOUNT
|
|
EM_GETMODIFY
|
|
EM_SETMODIFY(bool isModified)
|
|
EM_GETRECT(RECT *rect)
|
|
EM_GETSEL(int *start, int *end)
|
|
EM_EXGETSEL(<unused>, CHARRANGE *cr)
|
|
EM_SETSEL(int start, int end)
|
|
EM_EXSETSEL(<unused>, CHARRANGE *cr)
|
|
EM_GETSELTEXT(<unused>, char *text)
|
|
EM_LINEFROMCHAR(int position)
|
|
EM_EXLINEFROMCHAR(int position)
|
|
EM_LINEINDEX(int line)
|
|
EM_LINELENGTH(int position)
|
|
EM_SCROLL(int line)
|
|
EM_LINESCROLL(int column, int line)
|
|
EM_SCROLLCARET()
|
|
EM_CANPASTE
|
|
EM_CHARFROMPOS(<unused>, POINT *location)
|
|
EM_POSFROMCHAR(int position, POINT *location)
|
|
EM_SELECTIONTYPE
|
|
EM_HIDESELECTION(bool hide)
|
|
EM_FINDTEXT(int flags, FINDTEXTEX *ft)
|
|
EM_FINDTEXTEX(int flags, FINDTEXTEX *ft)
|
|
EM_GETMARGINS
|
|
EM_SETMARGINS(EC_LEFTMARGIN or EC_RIGHTMARGIN or EC_USEFONTINFO, int val)
|
|
EM_FORMATRANGE
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p>The following are features that are only included if you define
|
|
<code>INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES</code> in <code>Scintilla.h</code>. To ensure future
|
|
compatibility you should change them as indicated.</p>
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE">SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE(bool keysUnicode)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE">SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW">SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW(bool twoPhase)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW">SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW → bool</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_SETSTYLEBITS">SCI_SETSTYLEBITS(int bits)</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEBITS">SCI_GETSTYLEBITS → int</a><br />
|
|
<a class="message" href="#SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED">SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED → int</a><br />
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE">SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE(bool keysUnicode)</b> Deprecated<br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE">SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE → bool</b> Deprecated<br />
|
|
On Windows, Scintilla no longer supports narrow character windows so input is always treated as Unicode.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW">SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW(bool twoPhase)</b><br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW">SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW → bool</b><br />
|
|
This property has been replaced with the preceding PHASESDRAW property which is more general,
|
|
allowing multiple phase drawing as well as one and two phase drawing.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Single phase drawing <code>SC_PHASES_ONE</code>, is deprecated and should be replaced with
|
|
2-phase <code>SC_PHASES_TWO</code> or multi-phase <code>SC_PHASES_MULTIPLE</code> drawing.
|
|
</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>The following are features that should be removed from calling code but are still
|
|
defined to avoid breaking callers.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p id="StyleByteIndicators"><b id="SCI_SETSTYLEBITS">SCI_SETSTYLEBITS(int bits)</b> Deprecated<br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSTYLEBITS">SCI_GETSTYLEBITS → int</b> Deprecated<br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED">SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED → int</b> Deprecated<br />
|
|
<code>INDIC0_MASK</code>, <code>INDIC1_MASK</code>, <code>INDIC2_MASK</code>, <code>INDICS_MASK</code> Deprecated<br />
|
|
Scintilla no longer supports style byte indicators. The last version to support style byte indicators was 3.4.2.
|
|
Any use of these symbols should be removed and replaced with <a href="#Indicators">standard indicators</a>.
|
|
<code>SCI_GETSTYLEBITS</code> and <code>SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED</code> always return 8,
|
|
indicating that 8 bits are used for styling and there are 256 styles.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="EditMessagesNeverSupportedByScintilla">Edit messages never supported by Scintilla</h2>
|
|
<pre>
|
|
EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC EM_GETWORDBREAKPROCEX
|
|
EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC EM_SETWORDBREAKPROCEX
|
|
EM_GETWORDWRAPMODE EM_SETWORDWRAPMODE
|
|
EM_LIMITTEXT EM_EXLIMITTEXT
|
|
EM_SETRECT EM_SETRECTNP
|
|
EM_FMTLINES
|
|
EM_GETHANDLE EM_SETHANDLE
|
|
EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR
|
|
EM_SETTABSTOPS
|
|
EM_FINDWORDBREAK
|
|
EM_GETCHARFORMAT EM_SETCHARFORMAT
|
|
EM_GETOLEINTERFACE EM_SETOLEINTERFACE
|
|
EM_SETOLECALLBACK
|
|
EM_GETPARAFORMAT EM_SETPARAFORMAT
|
|
EM_PASTESPECIAL
|
|
EM_REQUESTRESIZE
|
|
EM_GETBKGNDCOLOR EM_SETBKGNDCOLOR
|
|
EM_STREAMIN EM_STREAMOUT
|
|
EM_GETIMECOLOR EM_SETIMECOLOR
|
|
EM_GETIMEOPTIONS EM_SETIMEOPTIONS
|
|
EM_GETOPTIONS EM_SETOPTIONS
|
|
EM_GETPUNCTUATION EM_SETPUNCTUATION
|
|
EM_GETTHUMB
|
|
EM_GETEVENTMASK
|
|
EM_SETEVENTMASK
|
|
EM_DISPLAYBAND
|
|
EM_SETTARGETDEVICE
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
<p>Scintilla tries to be a superset of the standard windows Edit and RichEdit controls wherever
|
|
that makes sense. As it is not intended for use in a word processor, some edit messages can not
|
|
be sensibly handled. Unsupported messages have no effect.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="RemovedFeatures">Removed features</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>These features have now been removed completely.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SC_CP_DBCS">SC_CP_DBCS</b> Removed in 2016 with release 3.7.1<br />
|
|
This was used to set a DBCS (Double Byte Character Set) mode on GTK.
|
|
An explicit DBCS code page should be used when calling <a class="seealso" href="#SCI_SETCODEPAGE">SCI_SETCODEPAGE</a></p>
|
|
|
|
<p><b id="SCI_SETUSEPALETTE">SCI_SETUSEPALETTE(bool usePalette)</b> Removed in 2016 with release 3.7.1<br />
|
|
<b id="SCI_GETUSEPALETTE">SCI_GETUSEPALETTE → bool</b> Removed in 2016 with release 3.7.1<br />
|
|
Scintilla no longer supports palette mode. The last version to support palettes was 2.29.
|
|
Any calls to these methods must be removed.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Previous versions of Scintilla allowed indicators to be stored in bits of each style byte.
|
|
This was deprecated in 2007 and removed in 2014 with release 3.4.3.
|
|
All uses of style byte indicators should be replaced with <a href="#Indicators">standard indicators</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h2 id="BuildingScintilla">Building Scintilla</h2>
|
|
|
|
<p>To build Scintilla or SciTE, see the README file present in both the Scintilla and SciTE
|
|
directories.
|
|
The compiler must support C++17.
|
|
For Windows, GCC 7.1 or Microsoft Visual C++ 2017.5 can be used
|
|
for building. For GTK, GCC 7.1 or newer should be used. GTK 2.24 and 3.x are
|
|
supported with glib 2.22+. The version of GTK installed should be detected automatically.
|
|
When both GTK 2 and GTK 3 are present, building for GTK 3.x requires defining GTK3
|
|
on the command line.</p>
|
|
|
|
<p>Adding and removing source files from Scintilla may require modifying build files.
|
|
This is addressed in <a class="jump" href="AddSource.txt">AddSource.txt</a>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3>Static linking</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>On Windows, Scintilla is normally used as a dynamic library as a .DLL file. If you want to
|
|
link Scintilla directly into your application .EXE or .DLL file, then you can link to the static library
|
|
bin/libscintilla.lib (or .a if using GCC) and call <code>Scintilla_RegisterClasses</code>.
|
|
<code>Scintilla_RegisterClasses</code> takes the <code>HINSTANCE</code> of your
|
|
application and ensures that the "Scintilla" window class is registered.</p>
|
|
<p>When producing a stand-alone Scintilla DLL, the ScintillaDLL.cxx file should be compiled and
|
|
linked in to provide <code>DllMain</code> and <code>Scintilla_RegisterClasses</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3>Ensuring lexers are linked into Scintilla</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>Depending on the compiler and linker used, the lexers may be stripped out. This is most
|
|
often caused when building a static library. To ensure the lexers are linked in, the
|
|
<code>Scintilla_LinkLexers()</code> function may be called.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3>Changing set of lexers</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p>To change the set of lexers in Scintilla, add and remove lexer source files
|
|
(<code>Lex*.cxx</code>) from the <code>scintilla/lexers directory</code> and run the
|
|
<code>scripts/LexGen.py</code> script from the <code>scripts</code> directory to update the make files
|
|
and <code>Catalogue.cxx</code>. <code>LexGen.py</code> requires Python 2.5 or later. If you do
|
|
not have access to Python, you can hand edit <code>Catalogue.cxx</code> in a simple-minded way,
|
|
following the patterns of other lexers. The important thing is to include
|
|
<code>LINK_LEXER(lmMyLexer);</code> to correspond with the <code>LexerModule
|
|
lmMyLexer(...);</code> in your lexer source code.</p>
|
|
|
|
<h3>Building with an alternative Regular Expression implementation</h3>
|
|
|
|
<p id="AlternativeRegEx">A simple interface provides support for switching the Regular Expressions engine at
|
|
compile time. You must implement <code>RegexSearchBase</code> for your chosen engine,
|
|
look at the built-in implementation <code>BuiltinRegex</code> to see how this is done.
|
|
You then need to implement the factory method <code>CreateRegexSearch</code>
|
|
to create an instance of your class. You must disable the built-in implementation by defining
|
|
<code>SCI_OWNREGEX</code>.</p>
|
|
|
|
</body>
|
|
</html>
|
|
|